Յեսու / Joshua - 13 |

Text:
< PreviousՅեսու - 13 Joshua - 13Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
At this chapter begins the account of the dividing of the land of Canaan among the tribes of Israel by lot, a narrative not so entertaining and instructive as that of the conquest of it, and yet it is thought fit to be inserted in the sacred history, to illustrate the performance of the promise made to the fathers, that this land should be given to the seed of Jacob, to them and not to any other. The preserving of this distribution would be of great use to the Jewish nation, who were obliged by the law to keep up this first distribution, and not to transfer inheritances from tribe to tribe, Num. xxxvi. 9. It is likewise of use to us for the explaining of other scriptures: the learned know how much light the geographical description of a country gives to the history of it. And therefore we are not to skip over these chapters of hard names as useless and not to be regarded; where God has a mouth to speak and a hand to write we should find an ear to hear an eye to read; and God give us a heart to profit! In this chapter, I. God informs Joshua what parts of the country that were intended in the grant to Israel yet remained unconquered, and not got in possession, ver. 1-6. II. He appoints him, notwithstanding, to make a distribution of what was conquered, ver. 7. III. To complete this account, here is a repetition of the distribution Moses had made of the land on the other side Jordan; in general (ver. 8-14), in particular, the lot of Reuben (ver. 15-23), of Gad (ver. 24-28), of the half tribe of Manasseh, ver. 29-33.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
Joshua being old, the Lord informs him of the land yet remaining to be possessed, Jos 13:1. Of the unconquered land among the Philistines, Jos 13:2, Jos 13:3. Among the Canaanites, Sidonians, and Amorites, Jos 13:4, Jos 13:5. The inhabitants of the hill country and the Sidonians to be driven out, Jos 13:6. The land on the east side of Jordan, that was to be divided among the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh, Jos 13:7-12. The Geshurites and the Maachathites not expelled, Jos 13:13. The tribe of Levi receive no inheritance, Jos 13:14. The possessions of Reuben described, Jos 13:15-23. The possessions of Gad, Jos 13:24-28. The possessions of the half tribe of Manasseh, Jos 13:29-31. Recapitulation of the subjects contained in this chapter, Jos 13:32, Jos 13:33.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:0: Here commences the second portion of the book, the statements of which were drawn from pre-existing documentary records (compare Jos 18:9); the whole of the history being introduced by a command of God to Joshua to proceed to allot the land among the tribes.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Jos 13:1, The bounds of the land not yet conquered; Jos 13:8, The inheritance of the two tribes and half; Jos 13:14, The Lord and his sacrifices are the inheritance of Levi; Jos 13:15, The bounds of the inheritance of Reuben; Jos 13:22, Balaam slain; Jos 13:24, The bounds of the inheritance of Gad; Jos 13:29, and of the half tribe of Manasseh.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

II. Division of the Land of Canaan Among the Tribes of Israel - Joshua 13-24
The distribution of the conquered land among the Israelites is introduced by the command of the Lord to Joshua to enter upon this work, now that he was old, although different portions of land were still unconquered (Josh 13:1-7); and to this there is appended a description of the land on the east of the Jordan which had already been conquered and divided among the two tribes and a half (Josh 13:8-33). The distribution of the land on this side among the nine tribes and a half is related in its historical order; so that not only are the territories assigned by lot to the different tribes described according to their respective boundaries and towns, but the historical circumstances connected with the division and allotting of the land are also introduced into the description. These historical accounts are so closely connected with the geographical descriptions of the territory belonging to the different tribes, that the latter alone will explain the course pursued in the distribution of the land, and the various ways in which the different territories are described (see the remarks on Josh 14:1). For example, in the account of the inheritance which fell to the lot of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, not only are the boundaries most carefully traced, but the towns are also enumerated one by one (Josh 15 and Josh 18:11-28); whereas in the tribe of Joseph (Ephraim and half Manasseh) the list of the towns is altogether wanting (Josh 16:1-10 and 17); and in the possessions of the other tribes, either towns alone are mentioned, as in the case of Simeon and Dan (Josh 19:1-9, Josh 19:40-48), or the boundaries and towns are mixed up together, but both of them given incompletely, as in the case of Zebulun, Issachar, Asher, and Naphtali (Josh 19:10-16, Josh 19:17-23, Josh 19:24-31, Josh 19:32-39). This incompleteness, particularly in the territories of the tribes mentioned last, may be explained from the fact, that in northern Canaan there were still very many tracts of land in the hands of the Canaanites, and the Israelites had not acquired a sufficiently exact or complete knowledge of the country, either through Joshua's campaign in the north, or through the men who were sent out to survey the northern land before it was divided (Josh 18:4-9), to enable them to prepare a complete account of the boundaries and towns at the very outset. In the same way, too, we may explain the absence of the list of towns in the case of the tribes of Ephraim and half Manasseh-namely, from the fact that a large portion of the territory assigned to the tribe of Joseph was still in the possession of the Canaanites (vid., Josh 17:14-18); whilst the omission of any account of the boundaries in the case of Simeon and Dan is attributable to the circumstance that the former received its inheritance within the tribe of Judah, and the latter between Judah and Ephraim, whilst the space left for the Danites was so small, that Ephraim and Judah had to gave up to them some of the town in their own territory. Thus the very inequality and incompleteness of the geographical accounts of the possessions of the different tribes decidedly favour the conclusion, that they are the very lists which were drawn up at the time when Joshua divided the land. There is nothing to preclude this supposition in the fact that several towns occur with different names, e.g., Beth-shemesh and Ir-shemesh (Josh 15:10; Josh 19:41; Josh 21:16), Madmannah and Beth-marcaboth, Sansanna and Hazar-susa (Josh 15:31; Josh 19:5), Shilchim and Sharuchen (Josh 15:32; Josh 19:6), Remeth and Jarmuth (Josh 19:21; Josh 21:29), or in other smaller differences. For variations of this kind may be sufficiently explained from the fact that such places were known by two different names, which could be used promiscuously; whilst in other cases the difference in the name amounts to nothing more than a different mode of writing or pronouncing it: e.g., Kattah and Kartah (Josh 19:15; Josh 21:34), Eshtemoh and Eshtemoa (Josh 15:50; Josh 21:14), Baalah and Balah (Josh 15:29; Josh 19:3); or simply in the contraction of a composite name, such as Ramoth in Gilead for Ramoth-mizpeh (Josh 21:36; Josh 13:26); Bealoth and Baalath-beer (Josh 15:24; Josh 19:8), Lebaoth and Beth-lebaoth (Josh 15:32; Josh 19:6), Hammath and Hammoth-dor (Josh 19:35; Josh 21:32).
If the author, on the other hand, had drawn from later sources, or had simply given the results of later surveys, as Knobel supposes, there can be no doubt that much greater uniformity would be found in the different lists.
(Note: The arguments employed by Knobel in support of his assertion, consist on the one had of inconclusive and incorrect assertions, and are founded on the other hand upon arbitrary assumptions. In the first place, for example, he asserts that "a large number of towns are omitted from the lists, which were within the boundaries mentioned and were in existence in the very earliest times, viz., in the south, Tamar (Gen 14:7), Arad (Num 21:1), Atbach, Rachal, Aroer, and Siphamoth (1Kings 30:28.), Gerar (Gen. 20:26); in the Shephelah, Gaza, Askalon, Gath, Ashdod, Jabne, and Joppa (see Josh 15:45.); in Benjamin, Michmash and Nob (1Kings 13:2., Josh 22:19); in the north, Aphek, Lassaron, Madon, Shimron-meron, and Merom (Josh 11:5; Josh 12:18-20), as well as Meroz and Ajjalon (Judg 5:23; Judg 12:12); and these with other places would assuredly not be wanting here, if Joshua and his associates had distributed the towns as well as the land, and furnished our author with the lists." But it would be difficult to bring forward the proofs of this, since Knobel himself acknowledges that there are gaps in the lists which have come down to us, some of which can be proved to be the fault of the copyists, - such, for example, as the want of a whole section after Josh 15:19 and Josh 21:35. Moreover, the Philistine towns of Ashdod and Gaza are really mentioned in Josh 15:46, and the others at all events hinted at; whereas Knobel first of all arbitrarily rejects Josh 15:45-47 from the text, in order that he may afterwards be able to speak of it as omitted. Again, with many of the places mentioned as omissions, such as Atbach, Rachal, Siphamoth, etc., it is very questionable whether they were towns at all in Joshua's time, or, at all events, such towns as we should expect to find mentioned. And lastly, not only are no catalogues of towns given at all in the case of Ephraim and Manasseh, but we have only imperfect catalogues in the case of Zebulun, Asher, and Naphtali; and, as we have already observed, this incompleteness and these gaps can be satisfactorily explained from the historical circumstances under which the allotment of the land took place. Secondly, Knobel also maintains, that "Joshua's conquests did not extend to the Lebanon (Josh 13:4-5), and yet the author mentions towns of the Asherites there (Josh 19:28, Josh 19:30): Bethel was not taken till after the time of Joshua (Judg 1:22.), and this was also the case with Jerusalem (Judg 1:8), and in the earliest times of the judges they had no Hebrew inhabitants (Judg 19:12), yet the author speaks of both places as towns of the Benjamites (Josh 18:22, Josh 18:28); Jericho and Ai were lying in ruins in Joshua's time (Josh 6:24; Josh 8:28), yet they are spoken of here as towns of Benjamin that had been rebuilt (Josh 18:21, Josh 18:23); it is just the same with Hazor in Naphtali (Josh 11:13; Josh 19:36); and according to Judg 1:1, Judg 1:10., Hebron and Debir also were not conquered till after Joshua's time." But all this rests (1) upon the false assumption, that the only towns which Joshua distributed by lot among the tribes of Israel were those which he permanently conquered, whereas, according to the command of God, he divided the whole land among the Israelites, whether it was conquered or not; (2) upon the erroneous opinion, that the towns which had been destroyed, such as Jericho, Ai, and Hazor, were allotted to the Israelites as "rebuilt," whereas there is not a word about this in the text. It is just the same with the arguments used by Knobel in proof of the composition of Josh 13-21 from three different documents. The material discrepancies have been forced upon the text, as we shall see when we come to an explanation of the passages in question; and the verbal differences prove nothing more than that the geographical account of the boundaries and towns contains no allusion to the priesthood, to sacrifice, or to certain other things which no one would think of looking for here.)
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA 13
In this chapter Joshua is informed by the Lord, or put in mind, that part of the land of Canaan remained unconquered, and which it was; and is directed to divide the whole land among the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh, Josh 13:1; and since the two tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the other half tribe of Manasseh, had received their inheritance on the other side Jordan, Josh 13:8; that is described in general, Josh 13:9; and, then the particular portion of Reuben, Josh 13:15; and of Gad, Josh 13:24; and of the half tribe of Manasseh, Josh 13:29.
13:113:1: Եւ Յեսու ծերացեա՛լ եւ անցեա՛լ զաւուրբք։ Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՅեսու. Դու ծերացեա՛լ ես եւ անցեալ զաւուրբք. եւ երկիր բազո՛ւմ մնացեալ է ՚ի ժառանգութենէ։
1. Յեսուն ծերացել էր եւ տարիքն առել: Տէրը ասաց Յեսուին. «Դու ծերացել ես եւ օրերդ անց ես կացրել, բայց շատ երկրներ են մնացել ժառանգելու:
13 Երբ Յեսու ծերացաւ ու տարիքը առաւ, Տէրը անոր ըսաւ. «Դուն ծերացար ու տարիքդ առիր եւ տակաւին խիստ շատ երկիր մնաց ժառանգելու.
Եւ Յեսու ծերացեալ եւ անցեալ զաւուրբք. եւ ասէ Տէր ցՅեսու. Դու ծերացեալ ես եւ անցեալ զաւուրբք, եւ երկիր բազում մնացեալ է ի ժառանգութենէ:

13:1: Եւ Յեսու ծերացեա՛լ եւ անցեա՛լ զաւուրբք։ Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՅեսու. Դու ծերացեա՛լ ես եւ անցեալ զաւուրբք. եւ երկիր բազո՛ւմ մնացեալ է ՚ի ժառանգութենէ։
1. Յեսուն ծերացել էր եւ տարիքն առել: Տէրը ասաց Յեսուին. «Դու ծերացել ես եւ օրերդ անց ես կացրել, բայց շատ երկրներ են մնացել ժառանգելու:
13 Երբ Յեսու ծերացաւ ու տարիքը առաւ, Տէրը անոր ըսաւ. «Դուն ծերացար ու տարիքդ առիր եւ տակաւին խիստ շատ երկիր մնաց ժառանգելու.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:11: Когда Иисус состарился, вошел в лета [преклонные], тогда Господь сказал ему: ты состарился, вошел в лета [преклонные], а земли брать в наследие остается еще очень много.
13:1 καὶ και and; even Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus πρεσβύτερος πρεσβυτερος senior; older προβεβηκὼς προβαινω step ahead; advance τῶν ο the ἡμερῶν ημερα day καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus σὺ συ you προβέβηκας προβαινω step ahead; advance τῶν ο the ἡμερῶν ημερα day καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ὑπολέλειπται υπολειπω leave below / behind πολλὴ πολυς much; many εἰς εις into; for κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
13:1 וִ wi וְ and יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua זָקֵ֔ן zāqˈēn זקן be old בָּ֖א bˌā בוא come בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יָּמִ֑ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלָ֗יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you זָקַ֨נְתָּה֙ zāqˈantā זקן be old בָּ֣אתָ bˈāṯā בוא come בַ va בְּ in † הַ the יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth נִשְׁאֲרָ֥ה nišʔᵃrˌā שׁאר remain הַרְבֵּֽה־ harbˈē- רבה be many מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
13:1. Iosue senex provectaeque aetatis erat et dixit Dominus ad eum senuisti et longevus es terraque latissima derelicta est quae necdum est sorte divisaJosue was old, and far advanced in years, and the Lord said to him: Thou art grown old, and advanced in age, and there is a very large country left, which is not yet divided by lot:
1. Now Joshua was old and well stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old and well stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed.
13:1. Joshua was old and advanced in age, and the Lord said to him: “You have grown old, and are aged, and a very wide land remains, which has not yet been divided by lot,
13:1. Now Joshua was old [and] stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old [and] stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed.
Now Joshua was old [and] stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old [and] stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed:

1: Когда Иисус состарился, вошел в лета [преклонные], тогда Господь сказал ему: ты состарился, вошел в лета [преклонные], а земли брать в наследие остается еще очень много.
13:1
καὶ και and; even
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
πρεσβύτερος πρεσβυτερος senior; older
προβεβηκὼς προβαινω step ahead; advance
τῶν ο the
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
σὺ συ you
προβέβηκας προβαινω step ahead; advance
τῶν ο the
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ὑπολέλειπται υπολειπω leave below / behind
πολλὴ πολυς much; many
εἰς εις into; for
κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
13:1
וִ wi וְ and
יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
זָקֵ֔ן zāqˈēn זקן be old
בָּ֖א bˌā בוא come
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יָּמִ֑ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלָ֗יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
זָקַ֨נְתָּה֙ zāqˈantā זקן be old
בָּ֣אתָ bˈāṯā בוא come
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
נִשְׁאֲרָ֥ה nišʔᵃrˌā שׁאר remain
הַרְבֵּֽה־ harbˈē- רבה be many
מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
13:1. Iosue senex provectaeque aetatis erat et dixit Dominus ad eum senuisti et longevus es terraque latissima derelicta est quae necdum est sorte divisa
Josue was old, and far advanced in years, and the Lord said to him: Thou art grown old, and advanced in age, and there is a very large country left, which is not yet divided by lot:
13:1. Joshua was old and advanced in age, and the Lord said to him: “You have grown old, and are aged, and a very wide land remains, which has not yet been divided by lot,
13:1. Now Joshua was old [and] stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old [and] stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: Как вступление в Ханаанскую землю (I:2), так и передача ее израильскому народу совершается по особому божественному повелению. На преклонный возраст Иисуса Навина, имевшего уже, как можно думать, лет 85: (XIV:10), Господь указывает, как на причину, вызвавшую это повеление. Так как израильский вождь достиг преклонных лет, то поэтому он должен был, несмотря на незаконченность завоевания (2–6), приступить к разделению Ханаанской земли между израильскими коленами, которое должно служить выполнением божественного обетования о даровании народу этой земли (7). Слово преклонные прибавлено русскими переводчиками для большей выразительности.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Distribution of Canaan. B. C. 1445.

1 Now Joshua was old and stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old and stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed. 2 This is the land that yet remaineth: all the borders of the Philistines, and all Geshuri, 3 From Sihor, which is before Egypt, even unto the borders of Ekron northward, which is counted to the Canaanite: five lords of the Philistines; the Gazathites, and the Ashdothites, the Eshkalonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites; also the Avites: 4 From the south, all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that is beside the Sidonians, unto Aphek, to the borders of the Amorites: 5 And the land of the Giblites, and all Lebanon, toward the sunrising, from Baalgad under mount Hermon unto the entering into Hamath. 6 All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephothmaim, and all the Sidonians, them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee.
Here, I. God puts Joshua in mind of his old age, v. 1. 1. It is said that Joshua was old and stricken in years, and he and Caleb were at this time the only old men among the thousands of Israel, none except them of all those who were numbered at Mount Sinai being now alive. He had been a man of war from his youth (Exod. xvii. 10); but now he yielded to the infirmities of age, with which it is in vain for the stoutest to think of contesting. It should seem Joshua had not the same strength and vigour in his old age that Moses had; all that come to old age do not find it alike good; generally, the days of old age are evil days, and such as there is no pleasure in, nor expectation of service from. 2. God takes notice of it to him: God said to him, Thou art old. Note, It is good for those who are old and stricken in years to be put in remembrance of their being so. Some have gray hairs here and there upon them, and perceive it not (Hos. vii. 9); they do not care to think of it, and therefore need to be told of it, that they may be quickened to do the work of life, and make preparation for death, which is coming towards them apace. But God mentions Joshua's age and growing infirmities, (1.) As a reason why he should now lay by the thoughts of pursuing the war; he cannot expect to see an end of it quickly, for there remained much land, more perhaps than he thought, to be possessed, in several parts remote from each other: and it was not fit that at his age he should be put upon the fatigue of renewing the war, and carrying it to such distant places; no, it was enough for him that he had reduced the body of the country. "Let him be gathered to rest with honour and the thanks of his people for the good services he had done them, and let the conquering of the skirts of the country be left for those that shall come after." As he had entered into the labours of Moses, so let others enter into his, and bring forth the top-stone, the doing of which was reserved for David long after. Observe, God considers the frame of his people, and would not have them burdened with work above their strength. It cannot be expected that old people should do as they have done for God and their country. (2.) As a reason why he should speedily apply himself to the dividing of that which he had conquered. That work must be done, and done quickly; it was necessary that he should preside in the doing of it, and therefore, he being old and stricken in years, and not likely to continue long, let him make this his concluding piece of service to God and Israel. All people, but especially old people, should set themselves to do that quickly which must be done before they die, lest death prevent them, Eccl. ix. 10.
II. He gives him a particular account of the land that yet remained unconquered, which was intended for Israel, and which, in due time, they should be masters of if they did not put a bar in their own door. Divers places are here mentioned, some in the south, as the country of the Philistines, governed by five lords, and the land that lay towards Egypt (v. 2, 3), some westward, as that which lay towards the Sidonians (v. 4), some eastward, as all Lebanon (v. 5), some towards the north, as that in the entering in of Hamath, v. 5. Joshua is told this, and he made the people acquainted with it, 1. That they might be the more affected with God's goodness to them in giving them this good land, and might thereby be engaged to love and serve him; for, if this which they had was too little, God would moreover give them such and such things, 2 Sam. xii. 8. 2. That they might not be tempted to make any league, or contract any dangerous familiarity with these their neighbours so as to learn their way, but might rather be jealous of them, as a people that kept them from their right and that they had just cause of quarrel with. 3. That they might keep themselves in a posture for war, and not think of putting off the harness so long as there remained any land to be possessed. Nor must we lay aside our spiritual armour, nor be off our watch, till our victory be completed in the kingdom of glory.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:1: Joshua was old - He is generally reputed to have been at this time about a hundred years of age: he had spent about seven years in the conquest of the land, and is supposed to have employed about one year in dividing it; and he died about ten years after, aged one hundred and ten years. It is very likely that he intended to subdue the whole land before he made the division of it among the tribes; but God did not think proper to have this done. So unfaithful were the Israelites that he appears to have purposed that some of the ancient inhabitants should still remain to keep them in check, and that the respective tribes should have some labor to drive out from their allotted borders the remains of the Canaanitish nations.
There remaineth yet very much land to be possessed - That is, very much when compared with that on the other side Jordan, which was all that could as yet be said to be in the hands of the Israelites.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:1: Joshua is bidden to allot the whole of the promised land among the twelve tribes in faith that God would perfect in due time that expulsion of the Canaanites which Joshua himself could not carry further (see Jos 11:23).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:1: am 2560, bc 1444, An, Ex, Is, 47
Joshua: Jos 14:10, Jos 23:1, Jos 23:2, Jos 24:29; Gen 18:11; Kg1 1:1; Luk 1:7
to be possessed: Heb. to possess it, Deu 31:3
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:1
Introduction to the Division of the Land. - Josh 13:1-7. Command of the Lord to Joshua to distribute the land of Canaan by lot among the nine tribes and a half. Josh 13:1 contains only the commencement of the divine command; the conclusion follows in Josh 13:7. Josh 13:2-6 form a parenthesis of several clauses, defining the last clause of Josh 13:1 more fully. When Joshua had grown old, the Lord commanded him, as he was advanced in years, and there was still much land to be taken, to divide "this land," i.e., the whole of the land of Canaan, for an inheritance to the nine tribes and a half, and promised him at the same time that He would drive out the Canaanites from those portions of the land that were not yet conquered (Josh 13:6). The words "grown old and come into years" (vid., Gen 24:1; Gen 18:11, etc.) denote advanced age in its different stages up to the near approach of death (as, for example, in Josh 23:1). Joshua might be ninety or a hundred years old at this time. The allusion to Joshua's great age serves simply to explain the reason for the command of God. As he was already old, and there still remained much land to be taken, he was to proceed to the division of Canaan, that he might accomplish this work to which he was also called before his death; whereas he might very possibly suppose that, under existing circumstances, the time for allotting the land had not yet arrived. - In Josh 13:2-6 the districts that were not yet conquered are enumerated separately.
Josh 13:2-4
All the circles of the Philistines (geliloth, circles of well-defined districts lying round the chief city). The reference is to the five towns of the Philistines, whose princes are mentioned in Josh 13:3. "And all Geshuri:" not the district of Geshur in Peraea (Josh 13:11, Josh 13:13, Josh 12:5; Deut 3:14), but the territory of the Geshurites, a small tribe in the south of Philistia, on the edge of the north-western portion of the Arabian desert which borders on Egypt; it is only mentioned again in 1Kings 27:8. The land of the Philistines and Geshurites extended from the Sichor of Egypt (on the south) to the territory of Ekron (on the north). Sichor (Sihor), lit. the black river, is not the Nile, because this is always called היאר (the river) in simple prose (Gen 41:1, Gen 41:3; Ex 1:22), and was not "before Egypt," i.e., to the east of it, but flowed through the middle of the land. The "Sichor before Egypt" was the brook (Nachal) of Egypt, the Ῥινοκοροῦρα, the modern Wady el Arish, which is mentioned in Josh 15:4, Josh 15:47, etc., as the southern border of Canaan towards Egypt (see at Num 34:5). Ekron (Ἀρρακών, lxx), the most northerly of the five chief cities of the Philistines, was first of all allotted to the tribe of Judah (Josh 15:11, Josh 15:45), then on the further distribution it was given to Dan (Josh 19:43); after Joshua's death it was conquered by Judah (Judg 1:18), though it was not permanently occupied. It is the present Akr, a considerable village in the plain, two hours to the south-west of Ramlah, and on the east of Jamnia, without ruins of any antiquity, with the exception of two old wells walled round, which probably belong to the times of the Crusaders (see Rob. Pal. iii. p. 23). "To the Canaanites is reckoned (the territory of the) five lords of the Philistines," i.e., it was reckoned as belonging to the land of Canaan, and allotted to the Israelites like all the rest. This remark was necessary because the Philistines were not descendants of Canaan (see at Gen 10:14), but yet were to be driven out like the Canaanites themselves as being invaders of Canaanitish territory (cf. Deut 2:23). סרני, from סרן, the standing title of the princes of the Philistines (vid., Judg 3:3; Judg 16:5.; 1Kings 5:8), does not mean kings, but princes, and is interchangeable with שׂרים (cf. 1Kings 29:6 with 1Kings 29:4, 1Kings 29:9). At any rate, it was the native or Philistian title of the Philistine princes, though it is not derived from the same root as Sar, but is connected with seren, axis rotae, in the tropical sense of princeps, for which the Arabic furnishes several analogies (see Ges. Thes. p. 972).
The capitals of these five princes were the following. Azzah (Gaza, i.e., the strong): this was allotted to the tribe of Judah and taken by the Judaeans (Josh 15:47; Judg 1:18), but was not held long. It is at the present time a considerable town of about 15,000 inhabitants, with the old name of Ghazzeh, about an hour from the sea, and with a seaport called Majuma; it is the farthest town of Palestine towards the south-west (see Rob. Pal. ii. pp. 374ff.; Ritter, Erdk. xvi. pp. 35ff.; Stark, Gaza, etc., pp. 45ff.). Ashdod (Ἄζωτος, Azotus): this was also allotted to the tribe of Judah (Josh 15:46-47), the seat of Dagon-worship, to which the Philistines carried the ark (1Kings 5:1.). It was conquered by Uzziah (2Chron 26:6), was afterwards taken by Tartan, the general of Sargon (Is 20:1), and was besieged by Psammetichus for twenty-nine years (Herod. ii. 157). It is the present Esdud, a Mahometan village with about a hundred or a hundred and fifty miserable huts, upon a low, round, wooded height on the road from Jamnia to Gaza, two miles to the south of Jamnia, about half an hour from the sea (vid., Rob. i. p. 368). Ashkalon: this was conquered by the Judaeans after the death of Joshua (Judg 1:8-9); but shortly afterwards recovered its independence (vid., Judg 14:19; 1Kings 6:17). It is the present Askuln on the sea-shore between Gaza and Ashdod, five hours to the north of Gaza, with considerable and widespread ruins (see v. Raum. pp. 173-4; Ritter, xvi. pp. 69ff.). Gath (Γέθ): this was for a long time the seat of the Rephaites, and was the home of Goliath (Josh 11:22; 1Kings 17:4, 1Kings 17:23; 2Kings 21:19.; 1Chron 20:5.); it was thither that the Philistines of Ashdod removed the ark, which was taken thence to Ekron (1Kings 5:7-10). David was the first to wrest it from the Philistines (1Chron 18:1). In the time of Solomon it was a royal city of the Philistines, though no doubt under Israelitish supremacy (3Kings 2:39; 3Kings 5:1). It was fortified by Rehoboam (2Chron 11:8), was taken by the Syrians in the time of Joash (4Kings 12:18), and was conquered again by Uzziah (2Chron 26:6; Amos 6:2); but no further mention is made of it, and no traces have yet been discovered
(Note: According to the Onom. (s. v. Geth), it was a place five Roman miles from Eleutheropolis towards Diospolis, whereas Jerome (on Mic 1) says: "Gath was near the border of Judaea, and on the road from Eleutheropolis to Gaza; it is still a very large village;" whilst in the commentary on Jer 25 he says: "Gath was near to and conterminous with Azotus," from which it is obvious enough that the situation of the Philistine city of Gath was altogether unknown to the Fathers. Hitzig and Knobel suppose the Βαιτογάβρα of Ptolemy (5:16, 6), Betogabri in Tab. Peuting. ix. e. (the Eleutheropolis of the Fathers, and the present Beit Jibrin, a very considerable ruin), to be the ancient Gath, but this opinion is only founded upon very questionable etymological combinations; whereas Thenius looks for it on the site of the present Deir Dubban, though without any tenable ground.)
(see Rob. ii. p. 420, and v. Raumer, Pal. pp. 191-2). "And the Avvites (Avvaeans) towards the south." Judging from Deut 2:23, the Avvim appear to have belonged to those tribes of the land who were already found there by the Canaanites, and whom the Philistines subdued and destroyed when they entered the country. They are not mentioned in Gen 10:15-19 among the Canaanitish tribes. At the same time, there is not sufficient ground for identifying them with the Geshurites as Ewald does, or with the Anakites, as Bertheau has done. Moreover, it cannot be decided whether they were descendants of Ham or Shem (see Stark. Gaza, pp. 32ff.). מתּימן (from, or on, the south) at the commencement of Josh 13:4 should be attached to Josh 13:3, as it is in the Septuagint, Syriac, and Vulgate, and joined to העוּים (the Avvites). The Avvaeans dwelt to the south of the Philistines, on the south-west of Gaza. It gives no sense to connect with the what follows, so as to read "towards the south all the land of the Canaanites;" for whatever land to the south of Gaza, or of the territory of the Philistines, was still inhabited by Canaanites, could not possibly be called "all the land of the Canaanites." If, however, we were disposed to adopt the opinion held by Masius and Rosenmller, and understand these words as relating to the southern boundaries of Canaan, "the possessions of the king of Arad and the neighbouring petty kings who ruled in the southern extremity of Judaea down to the desert of Paran, Zin, Kadesh," etc., the fact that Arad and the adjoining districts are always reckoned as belonging to the Negeb would at once be decisive against it (compare Josh 15:21. with Josh 10:40; Josh 11:16, also Num 21:1). Moreover, according to Josh 10:40, Josh 10:21, and Josh 11:16-17, Joshua had smitten the whole of the south of Canaan from Kadesh-barnea to Gaza and taken it; so that nothing remained unconquered there, which could possibly have been mentioned in this passage as not yet taken by the Israelites. For the fact that the districts, which Joshua traversed so victoriously and took possession of, were not all permanently held by the Israelites, does not come into consideration here at all. If the author had thought of enumerating all these places, he would have had to include many other districts as well.
Beside the territory of the Philistines on the south-west, there still remained to be taken (Josh 13:4, Josh 13:5) in the north, "all the land of the Canaanites," i.e., of the Phoenicians dwelling on the coast, and "the caves which belonged to the Sidonians unto Aphek." Mearah (the cave) is the present Mugr Jezzin, i.e., cave of Jezzin, on the east of Sidon, in a steep rocky wall of Lebanon, a hiding-place of the Druses at the present time (see at Num 34:8; also F. v. Richter, Wallfahrten in Morgenland, p. 133). Aphek, or Aphik, was allotted to the tribe of Asher (Josh 19:30; Judg 1:31); it was called Ἄφακα by the Greeks; there was a temple of Venus there, which Constantine ordered to be destroyed, on account of the licentious nature of the worship (Euseb. Vita Const. iii. 55). It is the present Afka, a small village, but a place of rare beauty, upon a terrace of Lebanon, near the chief source of the river Adonis (Nahr Ibrahim), with ruins of an ancient temple in the neighbourhood, surrounded by groves of the most splendid walnut trees on the north-east of Beirut (see O. F. v. Richter, pp. 106-7; Rob. Bibl. Res. p. 663; and V. de Velde, Reise. ii. p. 398). "To the territory of the Amorites:" this is obscure. We cannot imagine the reference to be to the territory of Og of Bashan, which was formerly inhabited by Amorites, as that did not extend so far north; and the explanation given by Knobel, that farther north there were not Canaanites, but Amorites, who were of Semitic origin, rests upon hypotheses which cannot be historically sustained.
Josh 13:5-7
There still remained to be taken (2) "the land of the Giblites," i.e., the territory of the population of Gebal (3Kings 5:18; Ezek 27:9), the Byblos of the classics, on the Mediterranean Sea, to the north of Beirut, called Jebail by the Arabs, and according to Edrisi (ed. Jaubert, i. p. 356), "a pretty town on the sea-shore, enclosed in good walls, and surrounded by vineyards and extensive grounds planted with fruit trees" (see also Abulfed. Tab. Syr. p. 94). It is still a town with an old wall, some portions of which apparently belong to the time of the Crusades (see Burckhardt, Syr. p. 296, and Ritter, Erdk. xvii. pp. 60ff.).
(Note: The evidence adduced by Movers (Phnizier, ii. 1, p. 103), that the Giblites did not belong to the Canaanites, has more plausibility than truth.)
"And all Lebanon toward the sunrising:" i.e., not Antilibanus (Knobel), but the Lebanon which is to the east of the territory of Gebal, "from Baal-gad under Mount Hermon," i.e., Paneas Banjas at the foot of Hermon (see at Josh 11:17), "unto the entering in to Hamath," i.e., as far up as the territory of the kingdom of Hamath, with the capital of the same name on the Orontes (see at Num 34:8). Lastly, there still remained (3) "all the inhabitants of the mountains, from Lebanon to Misrephothmaim," i.e., the promontory of Nakura (see at Josh 11:8), namely "all the Sidonians," i.e., all the Phoenicians who dwelt from Lebanon southwards, from the boundary of the territory of Hamath down to the promontory of Nakura. According to ancient usage, the Sidonians stand for the Phoenicians generally, as in Homer, on account of Sidon being the oldest capital of Phoenicia (see Ges. on Isa. i. pp. 724ff.). All these the Lord would root out before Israel, and therefore Joshua was to divide the whole of northern Canaan, which was inhabited by Phoenicians, among the Israelites. "only divide thou it by lot for an inheritance," etc. רק, only, i.e., although thou hast not yet taken it. הפּיל, to cause it to fall, here used with reference to the lot, i.e., to divide by lot. "Fulfil thy duty in the distribution of the land, not even excepting what is still in the firm grasp of the enemy; for I will take care to perform what I have promised. From this we may learn to rely so perfectly upon the word of God, when undertaking any duty, as not to be deterred by doubts of fears" (Calvin).
Josh 13:8-10
To the command of God to divide the land on this side the Jordan among the nine tribes and a half (Josh 13:7), the historian appends the remark, that the other two tribes and a half had already received their inheritance from Moses on the other side (Josh 13:8). This he proceeds to describe in its full extent (Josh 13:9-13), and then observes that the tribe of Levi alone received no landed inheritance, according to the word of the Lord (Josh 13:14). After this he gives a description in vv. 15-33 of the land assigned by Moses to each of the two tribes and a half.
(Note: Knobel's remark, that Josh 13:8-14 anticipate the following section (vv. 15-33) in an unsuitable manner, rests upon a thorough misunderstanding of the whole; for the account of the division of the land to the east of the Jordan among the two tribes and a half (vv. 15-33) could not be introduced in a more appropriate manner than by a description of the circumference of the land and of its principal parts (Josh 13:9-13).)
The remark in Josh 13:8 is so closely connected with what precedes by the expression "with whom" (lit., with it), that this expression must be taken as somewhat indefinite: "with whom," viz., with half Manasseh, really signifying with the other half of Manasseh, with which the Reubenites and Gadites had received their inheritance (see Num 32 and Deut 3:8-17). The last words of Josh 13:8, "as Moses the servant of Jehovah gave them," are not a tautological repetition of the clause "which Moses gave them," but simply affirm that these tribes received the land given them by Moses, in the manner commanded by Moses, without any alteration in his arrangements. The boundaries of the land given in Josh 13:9-13 really agree with those given in Josh 12:2-5 and Deut 3:8, although the expression varies in some respects. The words of Josh 13:9, "the city that is in the midst of the river," i.e., the city in the valley, viz., Ar, are more distinct than those of Josh 12:2, "and from the middle of the river." "All the plain" is the Amoritish table-land, a tract of land for the most part destitute of trees, stretching from the Arnon to Heshbon, and towards the north-east to Rabbath-Ammn (see at Deut 3:10), which is called in Num 21:20 the field of Moab Medeba, now called Medaba (see at Num 21:30). Dibon, now a ruin called Dibn, to the north of Arnon (see at Num 21:20). - Josh 13:10, as in Josh 12:2.
Josh 13:11-13
Gilead is the whole country of that name on both sides of the Jabbok (see at Josh 12:2 and Deut 3:10), the present Belka and Jebel Ajlun, for the description of which see the remarks at Num 32:1. "The territory of the Geshurites and Maachathites" is referred to in Josh 12:5 as the boundary of the kingdom of Og, and in Deut 3:14 as the boundary of the land which was taken by Jair the Manassite; here it is included in the inheritance of the tribes on the other side of the Jordan, but it was never really taken possession of by the Israelites, and (according to Josh 13:13) it had probably never been really subject to king Og. The other notices in Josh 13:11 and Josh 13:12 are the same as in Josh 12:4-5.
Josh 13:14
The tribe of Levi was to receive no land, but the firings of Jehovah, i.e., the offerings, including the tithes and first-fruits (Lev 27:30-32, compared with Num 18:21-32), were to be its inheritance; so that the God of Israel himself is called the inheritance of Levi in Josh 13:33 as in Num 18:20, to which the words "as He said unto them" refer (see the commentary on Num 18:20).
Geneva 1599
13:1 Now Joshua was old [and] (a) stricken in years; and the LORD said unto him, Thou art old [and] stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be (b) possessed.
(a) Being almost a hundred and ten years old.
(b) After the enemies are overcome.
John Gill
13:1 Now Joshua was old, and stricken in years,.... How old he was cannot be said precisely, but it is very probable he was now about an hundred years of age, for he lived to be an hundred ten; and the land of Canaan was seven years in dividing, as the Jews generally say, and it seems as if he did not live long after that:
and the Lord said unto him: either spoke to him out of the tabernacle, or appeared to him in a dream or vision:
thou art old, and stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed: that is, very much of the land of Canaan, which God had promised to Abraham, yet remained unconquered by Joshua, and unpossessed by the children of Israel; and the old age of Joshua is observed, to intimate to him that through it, and the infirmities of it, he was unable to go out to war, and to finish this work, which must be left to be done by others hereafter; and that he should with all expedition set about another work he was capable of doing, before he died, which was the division of the land among the tribes of Israel.
John Wesley
13:1 Thou art old - Therefore delay not to do the work which I have commanded thee to do. It is good for those that are stricken in years, to be remembered that they are so: that they may be quickened to do the work of life, and prepare for death which is coming on apace.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:1 BOUNDS OF THE LAND NOT YET CONQUERED. (Jos. 13:1-33)
Now Joshua was old and stricken in years--He was probably above a hundred years old; for the conquest and survey of the land occupied about seven years, the partition one; and he died at the age of one hundred ten years (Josh 24:29). The distribution, as well as the conquest of the land, was included in the mission of Joshua; and his advanced age supplied a special reason for entering on the immediate discharge of that duty; namely, of allocating Canaan among the tribes of Israel--not only the parts already won, but those also which were still to be conquered.
13:213:2: Եւ ա՛յս է երկիրն մնացեալ. ամենայն սահմանք Փղշտացւոց. Գէսուրի[2267]. [2267] Ոմանք. Փղշտացւոց, Գեսսերին։
2. Մնացած երկրները սրանք են. փղշտացիների բոլոր սահմանները, Գեսուրը եւ Քանանը.
2 Մնացած երկիրները ասոնք են՝ Փղշտացիներուն սահմանները ու բոլոր Գեսուրը,
Եւ այս է երկիրն մնացեալ. ամենայն սահմանք Փղշտացւոց:

13:2: Եւ ա՛յս է երկիրն մնացեալ. ամենայն սահմանք Փղշտացւոց. Գէսուրի[2267].
[2267] Ոմանք. Փղշտացւոց, Գեսսերին։
2. Մնացած երկրները սրանք են. փղշտացիների բոլոր սահմանները, Գեսուրը եւ Քանանը.
2 Մնացած երկիրները ասոնք են՝ Փղշտացիներուն սահմանները ու բոլոր Գեսուրը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:22: Остается сия земля: все округи Филистимские и вся [земля] Гессурская.
13:2 καὶ και and; even αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἡ ο the καταλελειμμένη καταλειπω leave behind; remain ὅρια οριον frontier Φυλιστιιμ φυλιστιιμ the Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even ὁ ο the Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
13:2 זֹ֥את zˌōṯ זֹאת this הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת nnišʔˈāreṯ שׁאר remain כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole גְּלִילֹ֥ות gᵊlîlˌôṯ גְּלִילָה region הַ ha הַ the פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים ppᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the גְּשׁוּרִֽי׃ ggᵊšûrˈî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite
13:2. omnis videlicet Galilea Philisthim et universa GesuriTo wit, all Galilee, Philistia, and all Gessuri.
2. This is the land that yet remaineth: all the regions of the Philistines, and all the Geshurites;
13:2. specifically, all of Galilee, Philistia, and all of Geshur;
13:2. This [is] the land that yet remaineth: all the borders of the Philistines, and all Geshuri,
This [is] the land that yet remaineth: all the borders of the Philistines, and all Geshuri:

2: Остается сия земля: все округи Филистимские и вся [земля] Гессурская.
13:2
καὶ και and; even
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ο the
καταλελειμμένη καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ὅρια οριον frontier
Φυλιστιιμ φυλιστιιμ the
Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even
ο the
Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
13:2
זֹ֥את zˌōṯ זֹאת this
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת nnišʔˈāreṯ שׁאר remain
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
גְּלִילֹ֥ות gᵊlîlˌôṯ גְּלִילָה region
הַ ha הַ the
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים ppᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
גְּשׁוּרִֽי׃ ggᵊšûrˈî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite
13:2. omnis videlicet Galilea Philisthim et universa Gesuri
To wit, all Galilee, Philistia, and all Gessuri.
13:2. specifically, all of Galilee, Philistia, and all of Geshur;
13:2. This [is] the land that yet remaineth: all the borders of the Philistines, and all Geshuri,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2-3: Перечисление незавоеванных местностей начинается с юго-запада, с Филистимского побережья, на котором находилось пять указанных далее округов или отдельных областей. Под названной рядом с филистимскими округами (буквально) «всей Гессурией» (еврейское «кол гаггешури» = o Gesouri по Александрийскому списку) разумеется отличная от Гессурского предела (XII:5; 2: Цар XV:8) область, лежавшая к югу от Филистимского побережья, о жителях которой упоминается еще в 1: Цар XXVII:8. Слова (и Хананейская) внесены согласно с греко-славянским переводом; делая это дополнение, греческие переводчики имели в виду другие незавоеванные местности, которые указаны в 4–6: ст. Филистимская земля и Гессурская простиралась с юга на север от Сихора, что пред Египтом до Екрона. Название Сикор (по-еврейски «шихор», что значит «мутный, темный»), у 70-ти принято за слово нарицательное и передано через aoikhtou, отсюда славянское от необитаемой, разумеется, земли. В значении нарицательном переведено это слово и у блаж. Иеронима (а fluvio turbido — «от мутной реки»), но отнесено не к земле, а к реке, которая и разумеется в данном месте. Под Сихором разумеется поток Египетский, служивший южной границей ханаанской земли и носящий в настоящее время название «вади-ель-Ариш» (см. Чис XXXIV:5). Екрон, по греко-славянскому переводу Аккерон, принадлежавший Иудину (XV:11, 45), а потом Данову колену (XIX:43), самый северный из 5: филистимских городов, находился на месте нынешней деревни Акер, к востоку от Иамнии (Святая Земля, II, 180). Считаются ханаанскими…, т. е. владения этих князей, хотя население их было не ханаанского происхождения (Быт X:14), входят в состав Ханаанской земли и принадлежат к владениям израильтян. О Газе, а затем и Гефе см. XI:2. Аскалон завоеван был по смерти Иисуса Навина (Суд I:18), но ненадолго (1: Цар VI:17). Он находился на самом берегу Средиземного моря, верстах в 20: на севере от Газы. На месте его остались обширные развалины вместе с окружающей его стеной. Со времени последнего разрушения в 1270: г. «ни одно человеческое жилище не возникало на его развалинах» (Святая Земля, II, 2021), в исполнение древних пророчеств (Зах IX:5; Соф II:4). Аввейский, или, буквально с еврейского, Аввеи; так назывался древний народ, живший в сечениях до самой Газы (Втор II:23), порабощенный филистимлянами, но сохранивший свое существование до времени Иисуса Навина. Где находились его владения, указанием на это служит начальное речение 4-го ст.: к югу (по-еврейски «митгеман», по греко-слявянскому переводу от Феман), если это речение соединять с конечными словами 3-го стиха, для чего есть достаточные основания. Такими основаниями служат, во-первых, свидетельства древних переводов: греческого 70-ти, латинского и сирского, в которых выражение от Феман, поставлено в тесную связь с названием Аввеи [В Александрийском списке по фототипическому его снимку, конец 3-го и начало 4-го ст. читается kai tw Euaiw ek Qaiman kai pash gh Canaan. Здесь слово Qaiman отделено от следующих затем слов pash gh черточкой или точкой, составляющей в Александр. списке единственный знак препинания. Ставящаяся в печатных изданиях греческого текста перед ek Qaiman точка принадлежит издателям, разделяющим его применительно к принятому разделению на стихи. Непосредственная связь слов: к югу с концом 3-го ст. ясно выражена и в переводе блаж. Иеронима Ad meridiem vero sunt Hevaii — «а к югу Евеи». По словам других комментаторов (напр. Keil. Iosua, 105), так же переведено это место и в Сирском Пешито.], и, во-вторых, то, что при отнесении глав к югу к 4-му стиху получается географически непонятное выражение, так как в последним говорились бы о всей земле Ханаанской, находившейся к югу от филистимского побережья и вместе с тем к северу от него, где находилась Меара Сидонская (ст. 4-й), Под всей землей ханаанской к югу может разуметься здесь самая южная часть Ханаана (так называемый Негев), о завоевании которой говорится в X:40: и XI:16: (взял… всю землю полуденную). В этой южной часть могла, конечно, оказаться какая-либо местность не завоеванная, но о ней не могло быть употреблено выражения к югу вся земля ханаанская. Непонятность этого выражения в географическом отношении и побуждает со своей стороны признать, вопреки принятому разделению данного места на стихи, правильность древних переводов и, согласно с ними, выражение к югу относить к 3-му стиху, причем Аавеи изображаются библейским писателем живущими к югу от Филистимского побережья, в пустыне, простирающейся от него далее до Сихора пред Египтом.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:2: The borders of the Philistines, and all Geshuri - The borders of the Philistines may mean the land which they possessed on the sea-coast, southwest of the land of Canaan. There were several places named Geshuri, but that spoken of here was probably the region on the south of Canaan, towards Arabia, or towards Egypt. - Calmet. Cellarius supposes it to have been a country in the vicinity of the Amalekites.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:2: This and Jos 13:3 name the still unconquered districts in the southern half of the land, Jos 13:4-6 those in the north.
Geshuri - A district on the south of Philistia, the inhabitants of which are again named in Sa1 27:8; but are not to be confounded with the land of the Geshurites mentioned in Jos 13:13; Jos 12:5.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:2: the land: Exo 23:29-31; Deu 11:23, Deu 11:24; Jdg 3:1
borders: Gen 10:14, Gen 26:1; Joe 3:4
Geshuri: Jos 13:11, Jos 13:13, Jos 12:5; Sa1 27:8; Sa2 3:3, Sa2 13:37, Sa2 13:38, Sa2 15:8
John Gill
13:2 This is the land that yet remaineth,.... Unconquered and not enjoyed, namely, what is after described; and this account is given for Joshua's information, that he might know what to divide, and for the people of Israel's sake, that they might know what they had a right to a claim upon; what they should endeavour to possess themselves of, and what the Lord would deliver into their hands, provided they were obedient to his will, for, because they were not, hence many of these places never came into their possession, though divided to them by lot:
all the borders of the Philistines; whose country bordered and lay upon the shores of the Mediterranean sea, in the southwest of the land of Canaan:
and all Geshuri; the principal city belonging to it is said to be in Syria, 2Kings 15:8; and had a king over it in the times of David, 2Kings 3:3; and seems never to have come into the hands of the Israelites.
John Wesley
13:2 Remaineth - Unconquered by thee, and to be conquered by the Israelites, if they behave themselves aright. All Geshuri - A people in the northeast of Canaan, as the Philistines are on the southwest.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:2 This is the land that yet remaineth--that is, to be acquired. This section forms a parenthesis, in which the historian briefly notices the districts yet unsubdued; namely, first, the whole country of the Philistines--a narrow tract stretching about sixty miles along the Mediterranean coast, and that of the Geshurites to the south of it (1Kings 27:8). Both included that portion of the country "from Sihor, which is before Egypt," a small brook near El-Arish, which on the east was the southern boundary of Canaan, to Ekron, the most northerly of the five chief lordships or principalities of the Philistines.
13:313:3: եւ Քանանացին, Յանշինէ՛ անտի ընդդէմ Եգիպտոսի մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանս Ակկարոնի, ընդ աջմէ՛ Քանանացւոյն համարի հնգից թագաւորացն Փղշտացւոց. Գազացւոյն, եւ Ազովտացւոյն, եւ Ասկաղոնացւոյն, եւ Գեթացւոյն, եւ Ակկարոնացւոյն. եւ Խեւացւոյն ՚ի Թեմանայ[2268] [2268] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Հնգից նախարարացն Փղշտաց՛՛։ Ուր ոմանք ունին ՚ի բնաբանի՝ թագաւորացն եւ նախարարացն։ Եւ ոմանք լոկ՝ նախարարաց Փղշտացւոցն։
3. Եգիպտոսի դիմացի անշէն վայրից մինչեւ Ակկարոնի սահմանները աջ կողմում. քանանացիներին են պատկանում փղշտացիների հինգ թագաւորութիւնները՝ գազացիներինը, ազոտացիներինը, ասկաղոնացիներինը, գեթացիներինը, ակկարոնացիներինը եւ խեւացիներինը.
3 Եգիպտոսի դէմ եղող Սիովրէն մինչեւ Քանանացիներուն սեպուած Ակկարոնի սահմանին հիւսիսային կողմը, Փղշտացիներուն հինգ նախարարութիւնները, այսինքն Գազացիներուն, Ազովտացիներուն, Ասկաղոնացիներուն, Գեթացիներուն, ու Ակկարոնացիներուն, նաեւ Աւացիներուն երկիրը։
[212]Գեսուրի եւ Քանանացին, Յանշինէ`` անտի ընդդէմ Եգիպտոսի` մինչեւ ի սահմանս Ակկարոնի, [213]ընդ աջմէ`` Քանանացւոյն համարի, հնգից [214]թագաւորացն Փղշտացւոց, Գազացւոյն եւ Ազովտացւոյն եւ Ասկաղոնացւոյն եւ Գեթացւոյն եւ Ակկարոնացւոյն, եւ [215]Խեւացւոյն:

13:3: եւ Քանանացին, Յանշինէ՛ անտի ընդդէմ Եգիպտոսի մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանս Ակկարոնի, ընդ աջմէ՛ Քանանացւոյն համարի հնգից թագաւորացն Փղշտացւոց. Գազացւոյն, եւ Ազովտացւոյն, եւ Ասկաղոնացւոյն, եւ Գեթացւոյն, եւ Ակկարոնացւոյն. եւ Խեւացւոյն ՚ի Թեմանայ[2268]
[2268] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Հնգից նախարարացն Փղշտաց՛՛։ Ուր ոմանք ունին ՚ի բնաբանի՝ թագաւորացն եւ նախարարացն։ Եւ ոմանք լոկ՝ նախարարաց Փղշտացւոցն։
3. Եգիպտոսի դիմացի անշէն վայրից մինչեւ Ակկարոնի սահմանները աջ կողմում. քանանացիներին են պատկանում փղշտացիների հինգ թագաւորութիւնները՝ գազացիներինը, ազոտացիներինը, ասկաղոնացիներինը, գեթացիներինը, ակկարոնացիներինը եւ խեւացիներինը.
3 Եգիպտոսի դէմ եղող Սիովրէն մինչեւ Քանանացիներուն սեպուած Ակկարոնի սահմանին հիւսիսային կողմը, Փղշտացիներուն հինգ նախարարութիւնները, այսինքն Գազացիներուն, Ազովտացիներուն, Ասկաղոնացիներուն, Գեթացիներուն, ու Ակկարոնացիներուն, նաեւ Աւացիներուն երկիրը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:33: От Сихора, что пред Египтом, до пределов Екрона к северу, считаются Ханаанскими пять владельцев Филистимских: Газский, Азотский, Аскалонский, Гефский, Екронский и Аввейский;
13:3 ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἀοικήτου αοικητος the κατὰ κατα down; by πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἕως εως till; until τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier Ακκαρων ακκαρων from; out of εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly τῶν ο the Χαναναίων χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos προσλογίζεται προσλογιζομαι the πέντε πεντε five σατραπείαις σατραπεια the Φυλιστιιμ φυλιστιιμ the Γαζαίῳ γαζαιος and; even τῷ ο the Ἀζωτίῳ αζωτιος and; even τῷ ο the Ἀσκαλωνίτῃ ασκαλωνιτης and; even τῷ ο the Γεθθαίῳ γεθθαιος and; even τῷ ο the Ακκαρωνίτῃ ακκαρωνιτης and; even τῷ ο the Ευαίῳ ευαιος Euaios; Eveos
13:3 מִֽן־ mˈin- מִן from הַ ha הַ the שִּׁיחֹ֞ור ššîḥˈôr שִׁיחֹור Shihor אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֣י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֨ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto גְּב֤וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary עֶקְרֹון֙ ʕeqrôn עֶקְרֹון Ekron צָפֹ֔ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north לַֽ lˈa לְ to † הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֖י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב tēḥāšˈēv חשׁב account חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ ḥᵃmˈēšeṯ חָמֵשׁ five סַרְנֵ֣י sarnˈê סְרָנִים lords פְלִשְׁתִּ֗ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine הָ hā הַ the עַזָּתִ֤י ʕazzāṯˈî עַזָּתִי from Gaza וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אַשְׁדֹּודִי֙ ʔašdôḏˌî אַשְׁדֹּודִי from Ashdod הָ hā הַ the אֶשְׁקְלֹונִ֣י ʔešqᵊlônˈî אֶשְׁקְלֹונִי Ashkelonite הַ ha הַ the גִּתִּ֔י ggittˈî גִּתִּי Gittite וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עֶקְרֹונִ֖י ʕeqrônˌî עֶקְרֹונִי from Ekron וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עַוִּֽים׃ ʕawwˈîm עַוִּים Avvim
13:3. a fluvio turbido qui inrigat Aegyptum usque ad terminos Accaron contra aquilonem terra Chanaan quae in quinque regulos Philisthim dividitur Gazeos Azotios Ascalonitas Gettheos et AccaronitasFrom the troubled river, that watereth Egypt, unto the border of Accaron northward: the land of Chanaan, which is divided among the lords of the Philistines, the Gazites, the Azotians, the Ascalonites, the Gethites, and the Accronites.
3. from the Shihor, which is before Egypt, even unto the border of Ekron northward, is counted to the Canaanites: the five lords of the Philistines. the Gazites, and the Ashdodites, the Ashkelonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites; also the Avvim,
13:3. from the muddy river, which irrigates Egypt, as far as the border of Ekron toward the north, the land of Canaan, which is divided among the rulers of Philistia: the Gazites, and the Ashdodites, the Ashkelonites, the Gathites, and the Ekronites;
13:3. From Sihor, which [is] before Egypt, even unto the borders of Ekron northward, [which] is counted to the Canaanite: five lords of the Philistines; the Gazathites, and the Ashdothites, the Eshkalonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites; also the Avites:
From Sihor, which [is] before Egypt, even unto the borders of Ekron northward, [which] is counted to the Canaanite: five lords of the Philistines; the Gazathites, and the Ashdothites, the Eshkalonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites; also the Avites:

3: От Сихора, что пред Египтом, до пределов Екрона к северу, считаются Ханаанскими пять владельцев Филистимских: Газский, Азотский, Аскалонский, Гефский, Екронский и Аввейский;
13:3
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἀοικήτου αοικητος the
κατὰ κατα down; by
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἕως εως till; until
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
Ακκαρων ακκαρων from; out of
εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly
τῶν ο the
Χαναναίων χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
προσλογίζεται προσλογιζομαι the
πέντε πεντε five
σατραπείαις σατραπεια the
Φυλιστιιμ φυλιστιιμ the
Γαζαίῳ γαζαιος and; even
τῷ ο the
Ἀζωτίῳ αζωτιος and; even
τῷ ο the
Ἀσκαλωνίτῃ ασκαλωνιτης and; even
τῷ ο the
Γεθθαίῳ γεθθαιος and; even
τῷ ο the
Ακκαρωνίτῃ ακκαρωνιτης and; even
τῷ ο the
Ευαίῳ ευαιος Euaios; Eveos
13:3
מִֽן־ mˈin- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
שִּׁיחֹ֞ור ššîḥˈôr שִׁיחֹור Shihor
אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֣י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֨ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
גְּב֤וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
עֶקְרֹון֙ ʕeqrôn עֶקְרֹון Ekron
צָפֹ֔ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֖י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב tēḥāšˈēv חשׁב account
חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ ḥᵃmˈēšeṯ חָמֵשׁ five
סַרְנֵ֣י sarnˈê סְרָנִים lords
פְלִשְׁתִּ֗ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
הָ הַ the
עַזָּתִ֤י ʕazzāṯˈî עַזָּתִי from Gaza
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אַשְׁדֹּודִי֙ ʔašdôḏˌî אַשְׁדֹּודִי from Ashdod
הָ הַ the
אֶשְׁקְלֹונִ֣י ʔešqᵊlônˈî אֶשְׁקְלֹונִי Ashkelonite
הַ ha הַ the
גִּתִּ֔י ggittˈî גִּתִּי Gittite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עֶקְרֹונִ֖י ʕeqrônˌî עֶקְרֹונִי from Ekron
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עַוִּֽים׃ ʕawwˈîm עַוִּים Avvim
13:3. a fluvio turbido qui inrigat Aegyptum usque ad terminos Accaron contra aquilonem terra Chanaan quae in quinque regulos Philisthim dividitur Gazeos Azotios Ascalonitas Gettheos et Accaronitas
From the troubled river, that watereth Egypt, unto the border of Accaron northward: the land of Chanaan, which is divided among the lords of the Philistines, the Gazites, the Azotians, the Ascalonites, the Gethites, and the Accronites.
13:3. from the muddy river, which irrigates Egypt, as far as the border of Ekron toward the north, the land of Canaan, which is divided among the rulers of Philistia: the Gazites, and the Ashdodites, the Ashkelonites, the Gathites, and the Ekronites;
13:3. From Sihor, which [is] before Egypt, even unto the borders of Ekron northward, [which] is counted to the Canaanite: five lords of the Philistines; the Gazathites, and the Ashdothites, the Eshkalonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites; also the Avites:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:3: From Sihor, which is before Egypt - Supposed by some to be the Pelusiac branch of the Nile, near to the Arabian Desert; called also the river of Egypt, Num 34:5; Jer 2:18. On this subject an intelligent friend favors me with the following opinion: - "The river Sihor is supposed by some to be the Nile, or a branch of it. Others think it the same as what is frequently called the river of Egypt, which lay before or towards the borders of Egypt; which arose out of the mountains of Paran, and ran westward, falling into that bay of the Mediterranean which lies south of the land of the Philistines. This river is often mentioned as the boundary of the Israelites to the southwest, as Euphrates, the great river, was on the northeast. "There was a desert of considerable distance between what is called the river of Egypt and the isthmus of Suez. Solomon reigned to the borders of Egypt, i.e., to this desert; but not in Egypt, nor to the river Nile. "Upon the whole, (though there are difficulties in the matter), I incline to think that the river in question was not the Nile. Sihor (black) might, from some circumstances, be applied to another river as well as the Nile; though some places in Isaiah and Jeremiah seem to restrict it to the Nile." - J. C.
Ekron northward - Ekron was one of the five lordships of the Philistines, and the most northern of all the districts they possessed. Baal-zebub, its idol, is famous in Scripture; see Kg2 1:2, etc. The five lordships of the Philistines were Gaza, Ashdod, Askalon, Gath, and Ekron. There is no proof that ever the Israelites possessed Ekron; though, from Jos 15:11, some think it was originally given to Judah, but the text does not say so; it only states that the border of the tribe of Judah went out Unto the Side of Ekron. From Jos 19:43, we learn that it was a part of the lot of Dan, but it does not appear to have been possessed by any of those tribes.
Counted to the Canaanite - It is generally allowed that the original possessors of this country were the descendants of Canaan, the youngest son of Ham. The Philistines sprang from Mizraim, the second son of Ham, and, having dispossessed the Avim from the places they held in this land, dwelt in their stead. See Gen 10:13, Gen 10:14.
Five lords of the Philistines - These dynasties are famous in the Scriptures for their successful wars against the Israelites, of whom they were almost the perpetual scourge.
Also the Avites - These must not be confounded with the Hivites. The Avites seem to have been a very inconsiderable tribe, who dwelt in some of the skirts of Palestine. They had been originally deprived of their country by the Caphtorim; and though they lived as a distinct people, they had never afterwards arrived to any authority.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:3: Sihor is derived from a root signifying "to be black," and is suitable enough as an appellative of the Nile Isa 23:3. Here it most probably stands for "the river of Egypt" (Num 34:3 note), the modern "Wady el Arish".
Ekron ("Akir") lay on the northern boundary of Judah Jos 15:11, and was actually conquered by the men of that tribe Jdg 1:18, though assigned in the allotment of the land to Dan Jos 19:43. It seems to have fallen again into the hands of the Philistines in the days of the Judges Sa1 5:10, was reconquered by Samuel (compare Sa1 7:14), but figures in subsequent times as a Philistine city only (compare Sa1 17:52; Kg2 1:2, Kg2 1:16, etc.).
Lords - The Hebrew word סרן seren means "an axle," and is applied as a title special to the chiefs (compare Jdg 3:3 and marginal references) of the Philistines Gen 10:14.
Gaza was the most southern of the Philistine cities (compare Jos 10:41; Jos 11:22). It was allotted to the tribe of Judah Jos 15:47, and was, with Askalon, taken by the warriors of that tribe Jdg 1:18. Both cities were soon re-occupied by the Philistines, and subsequently are always mentioned as Philistine cities. Gaza lay on the direct route of the Egyptian armies in their invasions of Syria, by whom it was captured more than once. Special judgments are denounced against Gaza for the cruelty of its people toward the Jews in the time of their humiliation Amo 1:6-7; Zep 2:4; Zac 9:5, and in the time of Jerome the ancient city was a ruin of which the foundations could hardly be traced, and the then existing town was built on another site. Gaza was in later times an episcopal see, and is now a thriving place containing some 15, 000 inhabitants, a larger population than that of Jerusalem.
Ashdod ("Esdud;" Azotus, Act 8:40) was, like Gaza, allotted to Judah (see Jos 15:46-47), but was soon regained by the Philistines, and became a principal seat of their Dagon worship. Here the ark of God was taken after its capture by the Philistines (Sa1 5:1 ff). Its name ( "fortress," "castle"), no less than its history (compare Ch2 26:6; Isa 20:1; Neh 4:7, etc.) indicates its importance as a stronghold; it withstood for twenty-nine years the longest siege on record by the Egyptian king Psammetichus. Like Gaza, it was doomed by the Jewish prophets to desolation, and it was utterly destroyed by the Maccabees (1 Macc. 10:77-84; 11:4). It was, however, rebuilt by the Romans, and figures in Christian times as an episcopal city.
Askelon (see Jdg 1:18), the birthplace of Herod the Great, figures as an important town and seaport in the history of the Crusades, and very massive ruins still attest the ancient strength and grandeur of the place. It is situated about midway between Gaza and Ashdod.
Gath seems to have been first taken by David Ch1 18:1. It is not named again in the book of Joshua. It was the town of Goliath Sa1 17:4, and is mentioned in David's elegy over Saul as a leading Philistine city Sa2 1:20. It was the nearest of the Philistine cities to Jerusalem, but both the name and the city have perished; its site is conjecturally placed (by Condor) at Tell es Safi.
Avites - See Deu 2:23 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:3: Sihor: Jer 2:18
which is counted: Gen 10:15-19; Num 34:2-14
five Lords: Jdg 3:3; Sa1 6:4, Sa1 6:16, Sa1 6:17; Zep 2:4, Zep 2:5; The Philistine were not descended from Canaan, but from Mizraim, the son of Ham; (compare Gen 10:6 with Jos 13:13); yet they were numbered with the Canaanites in this distribution.
Avites: Deu 2:23, Avims
John Gill
13:3 From Sihor, which is before Egypt,.... Which Jarchi and Kimchi interpret of the river Nile, and so that river is called, Jer 2:18; it seems to have this name from the waters of it being black and turbid; and hence it was called by the Greeks "Melas"; and by the Latins "Melo"; though it is thought, that not properly the river itself is here meant, which did not reach to the borders of Palestine, but a branch of it, a rivulet from it, for so a traveller (a) writes,"in a journey of about five days from Gaza towards Egypt, the hithermost arm of the Nile is received by the sea, and is commonly called Carabus?"
even unto the borders of Ekron northward: that is, from the southwest of Palestine, near to which was the river Nile, to the northern part of it, where stood the principality of Ekron, one of the five which belonged to the Philistines:
which is counted to the Canaanite; which was reckoned as belonging to the posterity of Canaan, though the Philistines got possession of it, who descended from Mizraim; and indeed it was only accounted as belonging to Canaan and his sons; of right, and according to the grant of God, it belonged to the seed of Abraham:
five lords of the Philistines; who had not kings, as other countries and cities in the land of Canaan had, and their cities were called lordships, principalities, and not kingdoms, and are as follow:
the Gazathites, and the Ashdothites, the Eshkalonites, the Gittites,
and the Ekronites: so called from Gaza, Ashdod, Ashkelon, Gath, and Ekron, the cities they were in possession of:
also the Avites; it is not certain whether these were a distinct principality from the other five, or a people dispersed among them; which seems most likely, since those were the original inhabitants, but were driven out or destroyed by the Philistines, though it seems some remained and dwelt among them; see Deut 2:23.
(a) Jodocus a Gistella apud Drusium in loc.
John Wesley
13:3 Counted to the Canaanites - That is, which though now possessed by the Philistines, who drove out the Canaanites the old inhabitants of it, Deut 2:23; Amos 9:7, yet is a part of the land of Canaan, and therefore belongs to the Israelites. The Avites - Or, the Avims, as they are called, Deut 2:23, who though they were expelled out of their ancient seat, and most of them destroyed by the Caphtorims or Philistines, as is there said, yet many of them escaped, and planted themselves not very far from the former.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:3 also the Avites: From [on] the south--The two clauses are thus connected in the Septuagint and many other versions. On being driven out (Deut 2:23), they established themselves in the south of Philistia. The second division of the unconquered country comprised
13:413:4: Եւ ամենայն երկրին Քանանացւոյն, Գազայ, եւ Սիդոնացիք մինչեւ ցՅափեկա մինչեւ ցսահմանս Ամովրհացւոյն[2269]. [2269] Այլք. Եւ ամենայն երկիրն Քանա՛՛։
4. Թեմանից՝ քանանացիների ամբողջ երկիրը, Գազան, Սիդոնը, մինչեւ Յափեկա, մինչեւ ամորհացիների սահմանները,
4 Հարաւային կողմէն՝ Քանանացիներուն բոլոր երկիրն ու Սիդոնացիներուն Մէարան, մինչեւ Ափէկ ու մինչեւ Ամօրհացիներուն սահմանը
ի Թեմանայ`` ամենայն երկիրն Քանանացւոյն, [216]Գազա եւ Սիդոնացիք`` մինչեւ ցՅափեկա` մինչեւ ցսահմանս Ամովրհացւոյն:

13:4: Եւ ամենայն երկրին Քանանացւոյն, Գազայ, եւ Սիդոնացիք մինչեւ ցՅափեկա մինչեւ ցսահմանս Ամովրհացւոյն[2269].
[2269] Այլք. Եւ ամենայն երկիրն Քանա՛՛։
4. Թեմանից՝ քանանացիների ամբողջ երկիրը, Գազան, Սիդոնը, մինչեւ Յափեկա, մինչեւ ամորհացիների սահմանները,
4 Հարաւային կողմէն՝ Քանանացիներուն բոլոր երկիրն ու Սիդոնացիներուն Մէարան, մինչեւ Ափէկ ու մինչեւ Ամօրհացիներուն սահմանը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:44: к югу же вся земля Ханаанская от Меары Сидонской до Афека, до пределов Аморрейских,
13:4 ἐκ εκ from; out of Θαιμαν θαιμαν and; even πάσῃ πας all; every γῇ γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before Γάζης γαζα Gaza καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Σιδώνιοι σιδωνιος Sidōnios; Sithonios ἕως εως till; until Αφεκ αφεκ till; until τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος Amorraios; Amorreos
13:4 מִ mi מִן from תֵּימָ֞ן ttêmˈān תֵּימָן south כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֗י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite וּ û וְ and מְעָרָ֛ה mᵊʕārˈā מְעָרָה Mearah אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לַ la לְ to † הַ the צִּידֹנִ֖ים ṣṣîḏōnˌîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto אֲפֵ֑קָה ʔᵃfˈēqā אֲפֵק Aphek עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִֽי׃ ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
13:4. ad meridiem vero sunt Evei omnis terra Chanaan et Maara Sidoniorum usque Afeca et terminos AmorreiAnd on the south side are the Hevites, all the land of Chanaan, and Maara of the Sidonians as far as Apheca, and the borders of the Amorrhite,
4. on the south: all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that belongeth to the Zidonians, unto Aphek, to the border of the Amorites:
13:4. truly, to the south are the Hivites, all the land of Canaan, and Mearah of the Sidonians, as far as Aphek and the borders of the Amorite
13:4. From the south, all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that [is] beside the Sidonians, unto Aphek, to the borders of the Amorites:
From the south, all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that [is] beside the Sidonians, unto Aphek, to the borders of the Amorites:

4: к югу же вся земля Ханаанская от Меары Сидонской до Афека, до пределов Аморрейских,
13:4
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Θαιμαν θαιμαν and; even
πάσῃ πας all; every
γῇ γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
Γάζης γαζα Gaza
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Σιδώνιοι σιδωνιος Sidōnios; Sithonios
ἕως εως till; until
Αφεκ αφεκ till; until
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος Amorraios; Amorreos
13:4
מִ mi מִן from
תֵּימָ֞ן ttêmˈān תֵּימָן south
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֗י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
וּ û וְ and
מְעָרָ֛ה mᵊʕārˈā מְעָרָה Mearah
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
צִּידֹנִ֖ים ṣṣîḏōnˌîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
אֲפֵ֑קָה ʔᵃfˈēqā אֲפֵק Aphek
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִֽי׃ ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
13:4. ad meridiem vero sunt Evei omnis terra Chanaan et Maara Sidoniorum usque Afeca et terminos Amorrei
And on the south side are the Hevites, all the land of Chanaan, and Maara of the Sidonians as far as Apheca, and the borders of the Amorrhite,
13:4. truly, to the south are the Hivites, all the land of Canaan, and Mearah of the Sidonians, as far as Aphek and the borders of the Amorite
13:4. From the south, all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that [is] beside the Sidonians, unto Aphek, to the borders of the Amorites:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4: С юга ханаанской земли библейский повествователь обращается к северу, где укаpывает на не завоеванную при Иисусе Навине всю землю ханаанскую (по евp. «гак-кенаани») или хананейскую, под которой разумеется приморская полоса земли в северной части Ханаана, занятая хананеями или финикиянами, которые и в других местах (V:1; XI:3; ср. Чис XIII:30: и др.) изображаются живущими при море От Меары Сидонской до Афека: буквально с еврейск. «и Меара Сидонян». Еврейское слово «меара» значит «пещера», «впадина»; в этом нарицательном значении употреблено оно в X:18: (к отверстию пещеры). В данном месте она согласно с переводом блаж. Иеронима (et Maara Sydoniorum), принимается за собственное имя местности. Под Меарой Сидонской разумеется округ в Ливанских горах, который известен находящимися в нем многочисленными пещерами. Он находится к востоку от Сидона и носит в настоящее время название Мугар (пещера) Джеццин. Афек — город в Ливанских горах, носивший у греков название Афока, к северо-востоку от Бейрута, при истоке р. Адониса. Он отнесен был к уделу Асирова колена (XIX:30), но прежние жители не были изгнаны (Суд I:30). В настоящее время на месте его находится деревня Афка с развалинами древнего храма Адониса, отличающаяся красивым местоположением (Святая Земля, II, 574–575).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:4: The land of the Canaanites - This lay on the south of the country of the Philistines, towards the sea-coast.
Mearah - Supposed to be the city Maratha, on the Mediterranean Sea. - Calmet. Or the river Majora, which falls into the Mediterranean Sea, between Sidon and Berytus. See Pliny, Hist. Nat. lib. v., c. 20.
Aphek - See on Jos 12:18 (note).
To the borders of the Amorites - Though the term Amorite is sometimes used to designate the inhabitants in general of the land of Canaan, yet it must be considered in a much more restricted sense in this place. As no Amorites are known to have dwelt in this quarter, Calmet supposes we should read Aramites or Syrians. Joshua, says he, proceeds from Sidon to Aphek, a city of Syria, between Heliopolis and Babylon where was the temple of the Venus of Aphek, and which is spoken of in Kg1 20:26; Kg2 13:17, as the capital of the kings of Syria. From this Joshua passes on to the frontiers of the Syrians, towards Gebal or Gabala, which, according to Ptolemy, was situated in Phoenicia. This conjecture of Calmet is not supported by any authority either from the ancient versions or MSS. Houbigant, however, approves of it: the emendation is simple as it consists in the interchange of only two letters in the same word, הארמי haarammi, for האמרי haemori.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:4: Read "on the south," and connect the words with the verse preceding. They indicate the southern limit of the still unconquered territory in this neighborhood, as Jos 13:3 gives the northern one.
Mearah - The "cave" (see the margin) has been referred to "Mugar Jczzin" ("cave of Jezzin"), between Tyre and Sidon, or to a district characterized by deep cave-like ravines near Sidon and Dan-Laish.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:4: the land of: Jos 10:40, Jos 11:3, Jos 12:7, Jos 12:8
Mearah: or, the cave
Aphek: This is probably the Aphek spoken of in Kg1 20:26. Kg2 13:18, as the capital of the kings of Syria; and the same as is mentioned by Sozomen, Eusebius, and Theophanes, as situated near the river Adonis (now Nahr Ibrahim), between Heliopolis and Byblos, and celebrated for the infamous temple of Venus the Aphacite. The village Afka, situated in the bottom of a valley, and hour and three quarters from Akoura, and three hours' distance from Lake Liemoun, is supposed to occupy its site. Burckhardt, however, could not hear of any remains of antiquity in it neighbourhood. Jos 19:30; Sa1 4:1
the Amorites: Jdg 1:34-36
John Gill
13:4 From the south, all the land of the Canaanites,.... That is, of those Canaanites who were particularly so called, in distinction from those of the other nations or tribes, and who dwelt in several parts of the land, some in the east and others in the west, see Josh 11:3; and, as it seems here, some in the south: now on the side of the south, as Kimchi interprets it, all the land of the Canaanites was left, that is, remained unconquered and not possessed:
and Mearah that is beside the Sidonians; the inhabitants of Sidon, and parts adjacent: what this place was, which belonged to the Sidonians, for so it may better be rendered, is not certain; some take it to be a cave belonging to them: Sandys (b) speaks of a number of caves cut out of the rock in those parts, called the caves of the Sidonians, and afterwards the caves of Tyre; so it is interpreted by the Targum, and in the Syriac and Arabic versions others take it to be the river Magoras, Pliny (c) makes mention of as on the borders of Lebanon near Zidon and Berytus: mention is made of the waters of Mearah along with the waters of Tiberias in Jewish writings (d); but rather something of more importance than a cave or a river is meant; most likely a tract of land near Sidon, and which belonged to it, and reached
unto Aphek, to the borders of the Amorites; of this place; see Gill on Josh 12:18.
(b) Travels, l. 3. p. 169. Ed. 5. (c) Nat. Hist. l. 5. c. 20. (d) Misn. Sabbat. c. 22. sect. 5. T. Hieros. Sabbat, fol. 6. 1.
John Wesley
13:4 From the south - That is, from those southern parts of the sea - coast, now possessed by the Philistines, all the more northern parts of the sea - coast being yet inhibited by the Canaanites, almost as far as Sidon. The Amorites - The Amorites were a very strong and numerous people, and we find them dispersed in several parts, some within Jordan, and some without it, some in the south and others in the north, of whom he speaks here.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:4 all the land of the Canaanites, and Mearah--("the cave")
that is beside the Sidonians--a mountainous region of Upper Galilee, remarkable for its caves and fastnesses.
unto Aphek--now Afka; eastward, in Lebanon.
to the borders of the Amorites--a portion of the northeastern territory that had belonged to Og. The third district that remained unsubdued:
13:513:5: եւ զամենայն երկիրն Արաբա ՚ի Փղշտացւոց՝ եւ զամենայն Լիբանան յելիցն արեւու, ՚ի Գաղգաղայ՝ առ ոտամբ լերինն Ահերմոնի մինչեւ ցմուտս Եմաթայ[2270]. [2270] Այլք. Եւ զամենայն երկիրն Գաբայ։
5. եւ փղշտացիներից՝ ամբողջ Արաբա երկիրը եւ ամբողջ Լիբանանը արեւելքից, Ահերմոն լերան ստորոտի Գաղգաղայից մինչեւ Եմաթի մուտքը:
5 Եւ Գեբաղացիներուն երկիրն ու արեւելեան կողմէն բոլոր Լիբանանը, Հերմոն լերան տակ եղող Բաաղգադէն մինչեւ Եմաթի մուտքը,
եւ [217]զամենայն երկիրն Արաբայ ի Փղշտացւոց` եւ զամենայն Լիբանան յելիցն արեւու, ի Գաղգաղայ,`` առ ոտամբ լերինն Հերմոնի մինչեւ ցմուտս Եմաթայ:

13:5: եւ զամենայն երկիրն Արաբա ՚ի Փղշտացւոց՝ եւ զամենայն Լիբանան յելիցն արեւու, ՚ի Գաղգաղայ՝ առ ոտամբ լերինն Ահերմոնի մինչեւ ցմուտս Եմաթայ[2270].
[2270] Այլք. Եւ զամենայն երկիրն Գաբայ։
5. եւ փղշտացիներից՝ ամբողջ Արաբա երկիրը եւ ամբողջ Լիբանանը արեւելքից, Ահերմոն լերան ստորոտի Գաղգաղայից մինչեւ Եմաթի մուտքը:
5 Եւ Գեբաղացիներուն երկիրն ու արեւելեան կողմէն բոլոր Լիբանանը, Հերմոն լերան տակ եղող Բաաղգադէն մինչեւ Եմաթի մուտքը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:55: также земля Гевла и весь Ливан к востоку солнца от Ваал-Гада, [что] подле горы Ермона, до входа в Емаф.
13:5 καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land Γαβλι γαβλι and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the Λίβανον λιβανος from; away ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east ἡλίου ηλιος sun ἀπὸ απο from; away Γαλγαλ γαλγαλ under; by τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount τὸ ο the Αερμων αερμων till; until τῆς ο the εἰσόδου εισοδος inroad; entrance Εμαθ εμαθ Emath
13:5 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the גִּבְלִ֗י ggivlˈî גִּבְלִי Gebalite וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the לְּבָנֹון֙ llᵊvānôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon מִזְרַ֣ח mizrˈaḥ מִזְרָח sunrise הַ ha הַ the שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun מִ mi מִן from בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד bbˈaʕal gˈāḏ בַּעַל גָּד Baal Gad תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part הַר־ har- הַר mountain חֶרְמֹ֑ון ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto לְ lᵊ לְ to בֹ֥וא vˌô בוא come חֲמָֽת׃ ḥᵃmˈāṯ חֲמָת Hamath
13:5. eiusque confinia Libani quoque regio contra orientem a Baalgad sub monte Hermon donec ingrediaris EmathAnd his confines. The country also of Libanus towards the east from Baalgad under mount Hermon to the entering into Emath.
5. and the land of the Gebalites, and all Lebanon, toward the sunrising, from Baal-gad under mount Hermon unto the entering in of Hamath:
13:5. and his confines; also, the region of Lebanon toward the east, from Baalgad, under mount Hermon, until you enter into Hamath;
13:5. And the land of the Giblites, and all Lebanon, toward the sunrising, from Baalgad under mount Hermon unto the entering into Hamath.
And the land of the Giblites, and all Lebanon, toward the sunrising, from Baal- gad under mount Hermon unto the entering into Hamath:

5: также земля Гевла и весь Ливан к востоку солнца от Ваал-Гада, [что] подле горы Ермона, до входа в Емаф.
13:5
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
Γαβλι γαβλι and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
Λίβανον λιβανος from; away
ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Γαλγαλ γαλγαλ under; by
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
τὸ ο the
Αερμων αερμων till; until
τῆς ο the
εἰσόδου εισοδος inroad; entrance
Εμαθ εμαθ Emath
13:5
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
גִּבְלִ֗י ggivlˈî גִּבְלִי Gebalite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
לְּבָנֹון֙ llᵊvānôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
מִזְרַ֣ח mizrˈaḥ מִזְרָח sunrise
הַ ha הַ the
שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
מִ mi מִן from
בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד bbˈaʕal gˈāḏ בַּעַל גָּד Baal Gad
תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
הַר־ har- הַר mountain
חֶרְמֹ֑ון ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֹ֥וא vˌô בוא come
חֲמָֽת׃ ḥᵃmˈāṯ חֲמָת Hamath
13:5. eiusque confinia Libani quoque regio contra orientem a Baalgad sub monte Hermon donec ingrediaris Emath
And his confines. The country also of Libanus towards the east from Baalgad under mount Hermon to the entering into Emath.
13:5. and his confines; also, the region of Lebanon toward the east, from Baalgad, under mount Hermon, until you enter into Hamath;
13:5. And the land of the Giblites, and all Lebanon, toward the sunrising, from Baalgad under mount Hermon unto the entering into Hamath.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5: Осталась незавоеванной также область на север от Афека, названная землей Гевла (по-евр. тексту Гивли, в греч. сп. Galiaq, Gabli, в слав. Библии Гавли) от находившегося в ней города Гевал, который у греков носил название Библос. О жителях Гевала, как искусных каменотесах и строителях кораблей, упоминaeтся в 3: Цар V:18, у Иез XXVII:9. Он находился к северу от Бейрута и расположен был на высоком утесе, вдающимся в море. Hа его месте в настоящее время бедная деревня Джебейль с развалинами древнего города. Слово (Филистимская) перенесенное из слав. Библии находит себе соответствие во многих греческих списках, но оно отсутствует в еврейском тексте и переводе блаж. Иеронима; пониманию данного места это дополнительное слово не способствует, скорее может приводить к неправильному представлению о месте, где находилась земля Гевна. Незавоеванной была также вся местность Ливанских гор, находящаяся к востоку от Гевала и простирающаяся с юга на север от Ваал-Гада (см. к ХI:17) или Баниас до входа в Емаф. Емаф (по-еврейски Chamat, у греческих писателей - Епифания) находился на реке Оронте, к северу от Ермона или Антиливана. В древнее время Емаф был столицей особого царства. Многократно употребляемое в ветхозаветных книгах выражение до входа во Емаф (Суд III:3; 3: Цар VIII:65: и др. м.) служило обозначением вообще южной границы Емафского царства, которая была северной границей Израильской земли (2: Пар VII:8).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:5: The land of the Giblites - This people dwelt beyond the precincts of the land of Canaan, on the east of Tyre and Sidon. See Eze 27:9; Psa 83:7; their capital was named Gebal. See Dodd.
All Lebanon - See on Jos 11:17 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:5: Giblites - The people of Gebal ("Jebail", 22 miles north of Beyronut). They were "stone-squarers" Kg1 5:18 and (ship) "caulkers" Eze 27:9.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:5: Giblites: Probably the inhabitants of the country, around Gebal (Eze 27:9), or Byblos, as the LXX render, a city of Phoenicia, situated on the Mediterranean, between Sidon and Tripoli, on the north of the river Adonis. It is now called Gibyle, of Djebail, situated about a day's journey south of Tripoli. Its walls are about a mile in circumference, with square towers about every forty yards' distance. Anciently it must have been a place of no mean extent and of considerable beauty, from the ruins still visible. Kg1 5:18 *marg. Psa 83:7; Eze 27:9
Lebanon: Deu 1:7, Deu 3:25
Baalgad: Jos 12:7
under mount: Jos 11:17
unto the: Num 34:8; Isa 10:9; Amo 6:2
John Gill
13:5 And the land of the Giblites,.... This was another country that remained unconquered; the Greeks call it Byblus, and near to which Pliny (e) speaks of a place called Gabale, and is now called Gibyle; it is (f) said to be"pleasantly situated by the seaside, and at present it contains but a little extent of ground, but yet more than enough for the small number of its inhabitants:''it was in greater splendour, and its inhabitants of more fame, in the times of Ezekiel, Ezek 27:9,
and all Lebanon toward the sunrising; or east of the land; all that inhabited that mountain remained unconquered, though the conquest was carried as far as the borders thereof:
from Baalgad, under Mount Hermon; of which see Josh 11:17;
unto the entering into Hamath: which was the north border of the land; see Num 34:8.
(e) Ut supra. (Nat. Hist. l. 5. c. 20.) (f) Maundrel's Journey from Aleppo, &c. p. 33.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:5 all the land of the Giblites--Their capital was Gebal or Bylbos (Greek), on the Mediterranean, forty miles north of Sidon.
all Lebanon, toward the sunrising--that is, Anti-libanus; the eastern ridge, which has its proper termination in Hermon.
entering into Hamath--the valley of Baalbec.
13:613:6: ամենայն որ բնակեալ իցէ զլեռնակողմնն, ՚ի Լիբանանէ մինչեւ ՚ի Մասերե՛փ Թովթմայիմ։ Եւ զամենայն Սիդոնացիս. ե՛ս սատակեցից զնոսա յերեսաց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. բայց դո՛ւ բաժանեա՛ զնոսա ՚ի ժառանգութիւն Իսրայէլի. որպէս պատուիրեցի քեզ[2271]։ [2271] Ոմանք. Որ բնակեալ իցէ զլերամբն ՚ի Լիբա՛՛։ Բազումք. ՚Ի Մասերեփովթմայիմ։ Այլք. Բայց դու բաշխեա՛ զնոսա ՚ի ժա՛՛։
6. Բոլոր լեռնաբնակներին, Լիբանանից մինչեւ Մասերեփոթմայիմ, եւ բոլոր սիդոնացիներին ես կը կոտորեմ իսրայէլացիների առաջ: Բայց դու դրանք բաժանի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին որպէս ժառանգութիւն, ինչպէս որ քեզ պատուիրեցի»:
6 Բոլոր լեռնաբնակները Լիբանանէն մինչեւ Մասրեփօթ–Մայիմ, բոլոր Սիդոնացիները. զանոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն առջեւէն ես պիտի վռնտեմ. միայն թէ դուն իբր ժառանգութիւն Իսրայէլին բաժնէ երկիրը, ինչպէս քեզի պատուիրեցի»։
ամենայն որ բնակեալ իցէ զլեռնակողմնն, ի Լիբանանէ մինչեւ ի Մասերեփովթմայիմ, զամենայն Սիդոնացիս, ես սատակեցից զնոսա յերեսաց որդւոցն Իսրայելի. բայց դու բաշխեա զնոսա ի ժառանգութիւն Իսրայելի, որպէս պատուիրեցի քեզ:

13:6: ամենայն որ բնակեալ իցէ զլեռնակողմնն, ՚ի Լիբանանէ մինչեւ ՚ի Մասերե՛փ Թովթմայիմ։ Եւ զամենայն Սիդոնացիս. ե՛ս սատակեցից զնոսա յերեսաց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. բայց դո՛ւ բաժանեա՛ զնոսա ՚ի ժառանգութիւն Իսրայէլի. որպէս պատուիրեցի քեզ[2271]։
[2271] Ոմանք. Որ բնակեալ իցէ զլերամբն ՚ի Լիբա՛՛։ Բազումք. ՚Ի Մասերեփովթմայիմ։ Այլք. Բայց դու բաշխեա՛ զնոսա ՚ի ժա՛՛։
6. Բոլոր լեռնաբնակներին, Լիբանանից մինչեւ Մասերեփոթմայիմ, եւ բոլոր սիդոնացիներին ես կը կոտորեմ իսրայէլացիների առաջ: Բայց դու դրանք բաժանի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին որպէս ժառանգութիւն, ինչպէս որ քեզ պատուիրեցի»:
6 Բոլոր լեռնաբնակները Լիբանանէն մինչեւ Մասրեփօթ–Մայիմ, բոլոր Սիդոնացիները. զանոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն առջեւէն ես պիտի վռնտեմ. միայն թէ դուն իբր ժառանգութիւն Իսրայէլին բաժնէ երկիրը, ինչպէս քեզի պատուիրեցի»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:66: Всех горных жителей от Ливана до Мисрефоф-Маима, всех Сидонян Я изгоню от лица сынов Израилевых. Раздели же ее в удел Израилю, как Я повелел тебе;
13:6 πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the κατοικῶν κατοικεω settle τὴν ο the ὀρεινὴν ορεινος mountainous ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the Λιβάνου λιβανος till; until τῆς ο the Μασερεφωθμαιμ μασερεφωθμαιμ all; every τοὺς ο the Σιδωνίους σιδωνιος Sidōnios; Sithonios ἐγὼ εγω I αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐξολεθρεύσω εξολοθρευω utterly ruin ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἀλλὰ αλλα but διάδος διαδιδωμι give out αὐτὴν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment τῷ ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means σοι σοι you ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
13:6 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יֹשְׁבֵ֣י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit הָ֠ hā הַ the הָר hˌār הַר mountain מִֽן־ mˈin- מִן from הַ ha הַ the לְּבָנֹ֞ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ miśrᵊfˌōṯ mˈayim מִשְׂרְפֹות מַיִם Misrephoth Maim כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole צִ֣ידֹנִ֔ים ṣˈîḏōnˈîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian אָֽנֹכִי֙ ʔˈānōḵî אָנֹכִי i אֹורִישֵׁ֔ם ʔôrîšˈēm ירשׁ trample down מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵ֖י ppᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel רַ֠ק rˌaq רַק only הַפִּלֶ֤הָ happilˈehā נפל fall לְ lᵊ לְ to יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּֽ bᵊˈ בְּ in נַחֲלָ֔ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוִּיתִֽיךָ׃ ṣiwwîṯˈîḵā צוה command
13:6. omnium qui habitant in monte a Libano usque ad aquas Masrefoth universique Sidonii ego sum qui delebo eos a facie filiorum Israhel veniat ergo in parte hereditatis Israhel sicut praecepi tibiOf all that dwell in the mountains from Libanus, to the waters of Maserephoth, and all the Sidonians. I am he that will cut them off from before the face of the children of Israel. So let their land come in as a part of the inheritance of Israel, as I have commanded thee.
6. all the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephoth-maim, even all the Zidonians; them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only allot thou it unto Israel for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee.
13:6. all who live in the mountains from Lebanon, as far as the waters of Misrephoth, and all the Sidonians. I am the One who will wipe them out, before the face of the sons of Israel. Therefore, let their land become a part of the inheritance of Israel, just as I have instructed you.
13:6. All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephothmaim, [and] all the Sidonians, them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee.
All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephoth- maim, [and] all the Sidonians, them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee:

6: Всех горных жителей от Ливана до Мисрефоф-Маима, всех Сидонян Я изгоню от лица сынов Израилевых. Раздели же ее в удел Израилю, как Я повелел тебе;
13:6
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
κατοικῶν κατοικεω settle
τὴν ο the
ὀρεινὴν ορεινος mountainous
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
Λιβάνου λιβανος till; until
τῆς ο the
Μασερεφωθμαιμ μασερεφωθμαιμ all; every
τοὺς ο the
Σιδωνίους σιδωνιος Sidōnios; Sithonios
ἐγὼ εγω I
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐξολεθρεύσω εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
διάδος διαδιδωμι give out
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
τῷ ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
σοι σοι you
ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
13:6
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יֹשְׁבֵ֣י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit
הָ֠ הַ the
הָר hˌār הַר mountain
מִֽן־ mˈin- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
לְּבָנֹ֞ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ miśrᵊfˌōṯ mˈayim מִשְׂרְפֹות מַיִם Misrephoth Maim
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
צִ֣ידֹנִ֔ים ṣˈîḏōnˈîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian
אָֽנֹכִי֙ ʔˈānōḵî אָנֹכִי i
אֹורִישֵׁ֔ם ʔôrîšˈēm ירשׁ trample down
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵ֖י ppᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
רַ֠ק rˌaq רַק only
הַפִּלֶ֤הָ happilˈehā נפל fall
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּֽ bᵊˈ בְּ in
נַחֲלָ֔ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוִּיתִֽיךָ׃ ṣiwwîṯˈîḵā צוה command
13:6. omnium qui habitant in monte a Libano usque ad aquas Masrefoth universique Sidonii ego sum qui delebo eos a facie filiorum Israhel veniat ergo in parte hereditatis Israhel sicut praecepi tibi
Of all that dwell in the mountains from Libanus, to the waters of Maserephoth, and all the Sidonians. I am he that will cut them off from before the face of the children of Israel. So let their land come in as a part of the inheritance of Israel, as I have commanded thee.
13:6. all who live in the mountains from Lebanon, as far as the waters of Misrephoth, and all the Sidonians. I am the One who will wipe them out, before the face of the sons of Israel. Therefore, let their land become a part of the inheritance of Israel, just as I have instructed you.
13:6. All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephothmaim, [and] all the Sidonians, them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6-7: Здесь оканчивается изложение начатого в 1-м ст. божественного повеления Иисусу Навину и дается обетование, что все жители гористой страны, простирающейся от Ливана — на северо-востоке — до Мисрефоф-Маима (XI:8) — на юго-западе, названные по имени главного в ней города Сидонянами, будут изгнаны из нее. Поэтому Иисусу Навину повелевается и эти незавоеванные еще местности разделить, т. е. отдать по жребию израильскому народу во владение, согласное прежними повелениями (I:6; Втор III:28).

Следующий 7-й стих содержит более точное указание того, кому и какая земля должна быть разделена. Повелевается именно землю сию, которая простирается от Иордана до великого, т. е. Средиземного, моря, разделить в уделе, т. е. в наследственную собственность (по еврейскому тексту нахалат, у 70-ти clhron omia) девяти коленам и половине колена Манассиина. Хотя слова: (от Иордана до моря… будет предлогом) отсутствуют в еврейском тексте и в переводе блаж. Иеронима, однако свидетельство перевода 70-ти, в древнейших и многих позднейших списках которых они находятся, заслуживает полного внимания ввиду того, что эти слова требуются содержанием данного места. Выражение разделили землю сию нуждается в разъяснении вследствие того, что в предшествующих стихах (2–6) говорится только о местностях, незавоеванных, а не вообще о западно-иорданской стране, подлежавшей разделу. Слова от Иордана до моря…, читаемые в греческих списках, дают это разъяснение, представляя более точное определение подлежавшей разделу земли как именно лежавшей между Иорданом и морем. В древнем славянском переводе они находились равным образом, и только Острожскими справщиками были опущены на основании, вероятно, Комплютенской Полиглотты [В. К. Лебедев, 356.].
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:6: Misrephoth-maim - See on Jos 11:7 (note).
These will I drive out - That is, if the Israelites continued to be obedient; but they did not, and therefore they never fully possessed the whole of that land which, on this condition alone, God had promised them: the Sidonians were never expelled by the Israelites, and were only brought into a state of comparative subjection in the days of David and Solomon. Some have taken upon them to deny the authenticity of Divine revelation relative to this business, "because," say they, "God is stated to have absolutely promised that Joshua should conquer the whole land, and put the Israelites in possession of it." This is a total mistake.
1. God never absolutely, i.e., unconditionally, promised to put them in possession of this land. The promise of their possessing the whole was suspended on their fidelity to God. They were not faithful, and therefore God was not bound by his promise to give them any part of the land, after their first act of national defection from his worship.
2. God never said that Joshua should conquer the whole land, and give it to them; the promise was simply this: "Thou shalt bring them into the land, and thou shalt divide it among them:" both of which he did, and procured them footing by his conquests, sufficient to have enabled them to establish themselves in it for ever.
3. It was never said, Thou shalt conquer it all, and then divide it; no. Several of the tribes, after their quota was allotted them, were obliged to drive out the ancient inhabitants. See on Jos 11:18 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:6: The King James Version would exhibit the sense more clearly if the words from the beginning of Jos 13:2 to the words "the Sidonians" in this verse were placed in a parenthesis, and the order of the words before us changed thus: "I will drive them out." The "them" meaning the inhabitants of the "very much land to be possessed," spoken of in Jos 13:1.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:6: Misrephothmaim: Jos 11:8
them: Jos 23:13; Gen 15:18-21; Exo 23:30, Exo 23:31; Jdg 2:21-23
only divide: Jos 14:1, Jos 14:2
Geneva 1599
13:6 All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto (c) Misrephothmaim, [and] all the Sidonians, them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance, as I have commanded thee.
(c) Read (Josh 11:8).
John Gill
13:6 All the inhabitants of the hill country,.... Not in Judea, but in and about Lebanon, as follows:
from Lebanon unto Misrephothmaim; of which see Josh 11:8,
and all the Sidonians; the inhabitants of the ancient city of Sidon, and the villages and lands belonging to it: these remained unconquered, and never were possessed by the Israelites:
them will I drive out from before the children of Israel: which, though it may have a special respect unto the Sidonians, with whom the clause is closely connected, yet may include all the above lands unconquered, out of which, as well as Sidon, the Lord promises to drive the inhabitants, to make way for the children of Israel; that is, on condition of their obedience, for it appears that not only the Sidonians, but many others, even the chief, and most of those mentioned, were never possessed by them:
only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance; that is, the whole land, as Abarbinel rightly remarks, both what was subdued and what was not; that was the business, and all the business, Joshua had now to do; he was not to be employed in making any further conquests, but leave them to others, and apply himself to the division of the land, by lot, to the tribes that as yet had no portion assigned them:
as I have commanded thee; now, at this time.
John Wesley
13:6 Will I drive out - Whatever becomes of us, however we may be laid aside as broken vessels, God will do his work in his own time. I will do it by my word; so the Chaldee here, as in many other places: by the eternal word, the captain of my host. But the promise of driving them out from before the children of Israel, supposes that the Israelites must use their own endeavours, must go up against them. If Israel, thro' sloth or cowardice let them alone, they are not likely to be driven out. We must go forth on our Christian warfare, and then God will go before us.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:6 All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto Misrephoth-maim--(See on Josh 11:8) --that is, "all the Sidonians and Phœnicians."
them will I drive out--The fulfilment of this promise was conditional. In the event of the Israelites proving unfaithful or disobedient, they would not subdue the districts now specified; and, in point of fact, the Israelites never possessed them though the inhabitants were subjected to the power of David and Solomon.
only divide thou it by lot unto the Israelites for an inheritance--The parenthetic section being closed, the historian here resumes the main subject of this chapter--the order of God to Joshua to make an immediate allotment of the land. The method of distribution by lot was, in all respects, the best that could have been adopted, as it prevented all ground of discontent, as well as charges of arbitrary or partial conduct on the part of the leaders; and its announcement in the life of Moses (Num 33:54), as the system according to which the allocations to each tribe should be made, was intended to lead the people to the acknowledgment of God as the proprietor of the land and as having the entire right to its disposal. Moreover, a solemn appeal to the lot showed it to be the dictate not of human, but divine, wisdom. It was used, however, only in determining the part of the country where a tribe was to be settled--the extent of the settlement was to be decided on a different principle (Num 26:54). The overruling control of God is conclusively proved because each tribe received the possession predicted by Jacob (Gen. 49:3-28) and by Moses (Deu. 33:6-25).
13:713:7: Եւ արդ՝ բաժանեա՛ զերկիրս զայս ՚ի ժառանգութիւն ինն ցեղիցն, եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. ՚ի Յորդանանէ մինչեւ ցծովն մեծ ընդ կողմն արեւմտից՝ տացես զնա. եւ ծովն մեծ սահմանեսցէ։
7. Հիմա այս երկիրը որպէս ժառանգութիւն բաժանի՛ր ինը ցեղերին եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղին. Յորդանան գետից մինչեւ Մեծ ծովը դէպի արեւմուտք կը տաս նրանց, եւ Մեծ ծովը սահման կը դառնայ:
7 Հիմա այս երկիրը իբր ժառանգութիւն բաժնէ ինը ցեղին ու Մանասէին կէս ցեղին.
Եւ արդ բաժանեա զերկիրս զայս ի ժառանգութիւն ինն ցեղիցն եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի, [218]ի Յորդանանէ մինչեւ ցծովն մեծ ընդ կողմն արեւմտից` տացես զնա. եւ ծովն մեծ սահմանեսցէ:

13:7: Եւ արդ՝ բաժանեա՛ զերկիրս զայս ՚ի ժառանգութիւն ինն ցեղիցն, եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. ՚ի Յորդանանէ մինչեւ ցծովն մեծ ընդ կողմն արեւմտից՝ տացես զնա. եւ ծովն մեծ սահմանեսցէ։
7. Հիմա այս երկիրը որպէս ժառանգութիւն բաժանի՛ր ինը ցեղերին եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղին. Յորդանան գետից մինչեւ Մեծ ծովը դէպի արեւմուտք կը տաս նրանց, եւ Մեծ ծովը սահման կը դառնայ:
7 Հիմա այս երկիրը իբր ժառանգութիւն բաժնէ ինը ցեղին ու Մանասէին կէս ցեղին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:77: раздели землю сию в удел девяти коленам и половине колена Манассиина.
13:7 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present μέρισον μεριζω apportion; allocate τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ταύτην ουτος this; he ἐν εν in κληρονομίᾳ κληρονομια inheritance ταῖς ο the ἐννέα εννεα nine φυλαῖς φυλη tribe καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the ἡμίσει ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea τῆς ο the μεγάλης μεγας great; loud κατὰ κατα down; by δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west ἡλίου ηλιος sun δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit αὐτήν αυτος he; him ἡ ο the θάλασσα θαλασσα sea ἡ ο the μεγάλη μεγας great; loud ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out
13:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now חַלֵּ֞ק ḥallˈēq חלק divide אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage לְ lᵊ לְ to תִשְׁעַ֣ת ṯišʕˈaṯ תֵּשַׁע nine הַ ha הַ the שְּׁבָטִ֑ים ššᵊvāṭˈîm שֵׁבֶט rod וַ wa וְ and חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half הַ ha הַ the שֵּׁ֥בֶט ššˌēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod הַֽ hˈa הַ the מְנַשֶּֽׁה׃ mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
13:7. et nunc divide terram in possessionem novem tribubus et dimidiae tribui ManasseAnd now divide the land in possession to the nine tribes, and to the half tribe of Manasses,
7. Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
13:7. And now, divide the land as a possession to the nine tribes, and to the one half tribe of Manasseh.”
13:7. Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh,
Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh:

7: раздели землю сию в удел девяти коленам и половине колена Манассиина.
13:7
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
μέρισον μεριζω apportion; allocate
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ταύτην ουτος this; he
ἐν εν in
κληρονομίᾳ κληρονομια inheritance
ταῖς ο the
ἐννέα εννεα nine
φυλαῖς φυλη tribe
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
ἡμίσει ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
τῆς ο the
μεγάλης μεγας great; loud
κατὰ κατα down; by
δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
ο the
θάλασσα θαλασσα sea
ο the
μεγάλη μεγας great; loud
ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out
13:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
חַלֵּ֞ק ḥallˈēq חלק divide
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage
לְ lᵊ לְ to
תִשְׁעַ֣ת ṯišʕˈaṯ תֵּשַׁע nine
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁבָטִ֑ים ššᵊvāṭˈîm שֵׁבֶט rod
וַ wa וְ and
חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half
הַ ha הַ the
שֵּׁ֥בֶט ššˌēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מְנַשֶּֽׁה׃ mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
13:7. et nunc divide terram in possessionem novem tribubus et dimidiae tribui Manasse
And now divide the land in possession to the nine tribes, and to the half tribe of Manasses,
13:7. And now, divide the land as a possession to the nine tribes, and to the one half tribe of Manasseh.”
13:7. Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706

III. He promises that he would make the Israelites masters of all those countries that were yet unsubdued, though Joshua was old and not able to do it, old and not likely to live to see it done. Whatever becomes of us, and however we may be laid aside as despised broken vessels, God will do his own work in his own time (v. 6): I will drive them out. The original is emphatic: "It is I that will do it, I that can do it when thou are dead and gone, and will do it if Israel be not wanting to themselves." "I will do it by my Word," so the Chaldee here, as in many other places, "by the eternal Word, the captain of the hosts of the Lord." This promise that he would drive them out from before the children of Israel plainly supposes it as the condition of the promise that the children of Israel must themselves attempt their extirpation, must go up against them, else they could not be said to be driven out before them; if afterwards Israel, through sloth, or cowardice, or affection to these idolaters, sit still and let them alone, they must blame themselves, and not God, if they be not driven out. We must work out our salvation, and then God will work in us and work with us; we must resist our spiritual enemies, and then God will tread them under our feet; we must go forth to our Christian work and warfare, and then God will go forth before us.

7 Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh, 8 With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, even as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them; 9 From Aroer, that is upon the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that is in the midst of the river, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon; 10 And all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon; 11 And Gilead, and the border of the Geshurites and Maachathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salcah; 12 All the kingdom of Og in Bashan, which reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei, who remained of the remnant of the giants: for these did Moses smite, and cast them out. 13 Nevertheless the children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites: but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day. 14 Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the sacrifices of the LORD God of Israel made by fire are their inheritance, as he said unto them. 15 And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben inheritance according to their families. 16 And their coast was from Aroer, that is on the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that is in the midst of the river, and all the plain by Medeba; 17 Heshbon, and all her cities that are in the plain; Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and Bethbaalmeon, 18 And Jahazah, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath, 19 And Kirjathaim, and Sibmah, and Zarethshahar in the mount of the valley, 20 And Bethpeor, and Ashdothpisgah, and Bethjeshimoth, 21 And all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, whom Moses smote with the princes of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, which were dukes of Sihon, dwelling in the country. 22 Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among them that were slain by them. 23 And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border thereof. This was the inheritance of the children of Reuben after their families, the cities and the villages thereof. 24 And Moses gave inheritance unto the tribe of Gad, even unto the children of Gad according to their families. 25 And their coast was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that is before Rabbah; 26 And from Heshbon unto Ramathmizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir; 27 And in the valley, Betharam, and Bethnimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and his border, even unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth on the other side Jordan eastward. 28 This is the inheritance of the children of Gad after their families, the cities, and their villages. 29 And Moses gave inheritance unto the half tribe of Manasseh: and this was the possession of the half tribe of the children of Manasseh by their families. 30 And their coast was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, and all the towns of Jair, which are in Bashan, threescore cities: 31 And half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, were pertaining unto the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, even to the one half of the children of Machir by their families. 32 These are the countries which Moses did distribute for inheritance in the plains of Moab, on the other side Jordan, by Jericho, eastward. 33 But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not any inheritance: the LORD God of Israel was their inheritance, as he said unto them.
Here we have, I. Orders given to Joshua to assign to each tribe its portion of this land, including that which was yet unsubdued, which must be brought into the lot, in a believing confidence that it should be conquered when Israel was multiplied so as to have occasion for it (v. 7): Now divide this land. Joshua thought all must be conquered before any must be divided. "No," said, God, "there is as much conquered as will serve your turn for the present; divide this, and make your best of it, and wait for the remainder hereafter." Note, We must take the comfort of what we have, though we cannot compass all we would have. Observe,
1. The land must be divided among the several tribes, and they must not always live in common, as now they did. Which way soever a just property is acquired, it is the will of that God who has given the earth to the children of men that there should be such a thing, and that every man should know his own, and not invade that which is another's. The world must be governed, not by force, but right, by the law of equity, not of arms.
2. That it must be divided for an inheritance, though they got it by conquest. (1.) The promise of it came to them as an inheritance from their fathers; the land of promise pertained to the children of promise, who were thus beloved for their fathers' sakes, and in performance of the covenant with them. (2.) The possession of it was to be transmitted by them, as an inheritance to their children. Frequently, what is got by force is soon lost again; but Israel, having an incontestable title to this land by the divine grant, might see it hereby secured as an inheritance to their seed after them, and that God kept this mercy for thousands.
3. That Joshua must not divide it by his own will. Though he was a very wise, just, and good man, it must not be left to him to give what he pleased to each tribe; but he must do it by lot, which referred the matter wholly to God, and to his determination, for he it is that appoints the bounds of our habitation, and every man's judgment must proceed from him. But Joshua must preside in this affair, must manage this solemn appeal to Providence, and see that the lot was drawn fairly and without fraud, and that every tribe did acquiesce in it. The lot indeed causeth contention to cease, Prov. xviii. 18. But, if upon this lot any controversy should arise, Joshua by his wisdom and authority must determine it, and prevent any ill consequences of it. Joshua must have the honour of dividing the land, (1.) Because he had undergone the fatigue of conquering it: and when, through his hand, each tribe received its allotment, they would thereby be made the more sensible of their obligations to him. And what a pleasure must it needs be to a man of such a public spirit as Joshua was to see the people that were so dear to him eating of the labour of his hands! (2.) That he might be herein a type of Christ, who has not only conquered for us the gates of hell, but has opened to us the gates of heaven, and, having purchased the eternal inheritance for all believers, will in due time put them all in possession of it.
II. An account is here given of the distribution of the land on the other side Jordan among the Reubenites, and Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh. Observe,
1. How this account is introduced. It comes in, (1.) As the reason why this land within Jordan must be divided only to the nine tribes and a half, because the other two and a half were already provided for. (2.) As a pattern to Joshua in the work he had now to do. He had seen Moses distribute that land, which would give him some aid in distributing this, and thence he might take his measure; only this was to be done by lot, but it should seem Moses did that himself, according to the wisdom given unto him. (3.) As an inducement to Joshua to hasten the dividing of this land, that the nine tribes and a half might not be kept any longer than was necessary out of their possession, since their brethren of the two tribes and a half were so well settled in theirs; and God their common Father would not have such a difference made between his children.
2. The particulars of this account.
(1.) Here is a general description of the country that was given to the two tribes and a half, which Moses gave them, even as Moses gave them, v. 8. The repetition implies a ratification of the grant by Joshua. Moses settled this matter, and, as Moses settled it, so shall it rest; Joshua will not, under any pretence whatsoever, go about to alter it. And a reason is intimated why he would not, because Moses was the servant of the Lord, and acted in this matter by secret direction from him and was faithful as a servant. Here we have, [1.] The fixing of the boundaries of this country, by which they were divided from the neighbouring nations, v. 9, &c. Israel must know their own and keep to it, and may not, under pretence of their being God's peculiar people, encroach upon their neighbours, and invade their rights and properties, to which they had a good and firm title by providence, though not, as Israel, a title by promise. [2.] An exception of one part of this country from Israel's possession, though it was in their grant, namely, the Geshurites and the Maachathites, v. 13. They had not leisure to reduce all the remote and obscure corners of the country in Moses's time, and afterwards they had no mind to it, being easy with what they had. Thus those who are not straitened in God's promises are yet straitened in their own faith, and prayers, and endeavours.
(2.) A very particular account of the inheritances of these two tribes and a half, how they were separated from each other, and what cites, with the towns, villages, and fields, commonly known and reputed to be appurtenances to them, belonged to each tribe. This is very fully and exactly set down in order that posterity might, in reading this history, be the more affected with the goodness of God to their ancestors, when they found what a large and fruitful country, and what abundance of great and famous cities, he put them in possession of (God's grants look best when we descend to the particulars); and also that the limits of every tribe being punctually set down in this authentic record disputes might be prevented, and such contests between the tribes as commonly happen where boundaries have not been adjusted nor this matter brought to a certainty. And we have reason to think that the register here prescribed and published of the lot of each tribe was of great use to Israel in after-ages, was often appealed to, and always acquiesced in, for the determining of meum and tuum--mine and thine.
[1.] We have here the lot of the tribe of Reuben, Jacob's first-born, who, though he had lost the dignity and power which pertained to the birthright, yet, it seems, had the advantage of being first served. Perhaps those of that tribe had an eye to this in desiring to be seated on that side Jordan, that, since they could not expect the benefit of the best lot, they might have the credit of the first. Observe, First, In the account of the lot of this tribe mention is made of the slaughter, 1. Of Sihon, king of the Amorites, who reigned in this country, and might have kept it and his life if he would have been neighbourly, and have suffered Israel to pass through his territories, but, by attempting to oppose them, justly brought ruin upon himself, Num. xxi. 21, &c. 2. Of the princes of Midian, who were slain afterwards in another war (Num. xxxi. 8), and yet are here called dukes of Sihon, and are said to be smitten with him, because they were either tributaries to him, or, in his opposition to Israel, confederates with him, and hearty in his interests, and his fall made way for theirs not long after. 3. Of Balaam particularly, that would, if he could, have cursed Israel, and was soon after recompensed according to the wickedness of his endeavour (Ps. xxviii. 4), for he fell with those that set him on. This was recorded before (Num. xxxi. 8), and is here repeated, because the defeating of Balaam's purpose to curse Israel was the turning of that curse into a blessing, and was such an instance of the power and goodness of God as was fit to be had in everlasting remembrance. See Mic. vi. 5. Secondly, Within the lot of this tribe was that Mount Pisgah from the top of which Moses took his view of the earthly Canaan and his flight to the heavenly. And not far off thence Elijah was when he was fetched up to heaven in a chariot of fire. The separation of this tribe from the rest, by the river Jordan, was that which Deborah lamented; and the preference they gave to their private interests above the public was what she censured, Judg. v. 15, 16. In this tribe lay Heshbon and Sibmah, famed for their fruitful fields and vineyards. See Isa. xvi. 8, 9; Jer. xlvii. 32. This tribe, with that of Gad, was sorely shaken by Hazael king of Syria (2 Kings x. 33), and afterwards dislodged and carried into captivity, twenty years before the general captivity of the ten tribes by the king of Assyria, 1 Chron. v. 26.
[2.] The lot of the tribe of Gad, v. 24-28. This lay north of Reuben's lot; the country of Gilead lay in this tribe, so famous for its balm that it is thought strange indeed if there be no balm in Gilead, and the cities of Jabesh-Gilead and Ramoth-Gilead which we often read of in scripture. Succoth and Penuel, which we read of in the story of Gideon, were in this tribe; and that forest which is called the wood of Ephraim (from the slaughter Jephthah made there of the Ephraimites), in which Absalom's rebellious army was beaten, while his father David lay at Mahanaim, one of the frontier-cities of this tribe, v. 26. Sharon, famous for roses, was in this tribe. And within the limits of this tribe lived those Gadarenes that loved their swine better than their Saviour, fitter to be called Girgashites than Israelites.
[3.] The lot of the half-tribe of Manasseh, v. 29-31. Bashan, the kingdom of Og, was in this allotment, famous for the best timber, witness the oaks of Bashan--and the best breed of cattle, witness the bulls and rams of Bashan. This tribe lay north of Gad, reached to Mount Hermon, and had in it part of Gilead. Mispeh was in this half-tribe, and Jephthah was one of its ornaments; so was Elijah, for in this tribe was Thisbe, whence he is called the Tishbite; and Jair was another. In the edge of the tribe stood Chorazin, honoured with Christ's wondrous works, but ruined by his righteous woe for not improving them.
[4.] Twice in this chapter it is taken notice of that to the tribe of Levi Moses gave no inheritance (v. 14, 33), for so God had appointed, Num. xviii. 20. If they had been appointed to a lot entire by themselves, Moses would have served them first, not because it was his own tribe, but because it was God's; but they must be provided for in another manner; their habitations must be scattered in all the tribes, and their maintenance brought out of all the tribes, and God himself was the portion both of their inheritance and of their cup, Deut. x. 9; xviii. 2.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:7: The nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh - The other half tribe of Manasseh, and the two tribes of Reuben and Gad, had got their inheritance on the other side of Jordan, in the land formerly belonging to Og king of Bashan, and Sihon king of the Amorites.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:7: Num 26:53-56, Num 33:54, Num 32:2-14; Eze 47:13-23, Eze 48:23-29
John Gill
13:7 Now therefore divide this land for an inheritance,.... Having the command and authority of God for it, he was to set about it at once, with all diligence and application:
unto the nine tribes: of Judah, Simeon, Benjamin, Dan, Ephraim, Zebulun, Issachar, Asher, and Naphtali, in which order they are placed, when the Lord gave to Moses the names of the men that should divide the land under Eleazar and Joshua, Num 34:16,
and the half tribe of Manasseh; that half which had no inheritance on the other side Jordan, and for which a prince of the children of Joseph was appointed to divide, Num 34:23.
13:813:8: Եւ երկու ցեղիցն՝ եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի՝ որ են ընդ Ռուբինի եւ ընդ Գադայ ※ որ առին զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց զոր ետ Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից. բաժանեաց նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն,
8. Իսկ երկու ցեղերը՝ Ռուբէնի եւ Գադի ցեղերը, Մանասէի կէս ցեղի հետ ստացան իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ տուել էր Մովսէսը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, արեւելքում. Տիրոջ ծառայ Մովսէսը նրանց մէջ բաժանեց
8 Քանզի Ռուբէնեաններն ու Գադեանները անոր միւս կէսին հետ առին իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ Մովսէս Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք անոնց տուաւ, Տէրոջը ծառային Մովսէսին տուածին պէս։
Եւ երկու ցեղիցն եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի` որ են ընդ Ռուբենի եւ ընդ Գադայ որ`` առին զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց զոր [219]ետ Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից. [220]բաժանեաց նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն:

13:8: Եւ երկու ցեղիցն՝ եւ կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի՝ որ են ընդ Ռուբինի եւ ընդ Գադայ ※ որ առին զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց զոր ետ Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից. բաժանեաց նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն,
8. Իսկ երկու ցեղերը՝ Ռուբէնի եւ Գադի ցեղերը, Մանասէի կէս ցեղի հետ ստացան իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ տուել էր Մովսէսը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, արեւելքում. Տիրոջ ծառայ Մովսէսը նրանց մէջ բաժանեց
8 Քանզի Ռուբէնեաններն ու Գադեանները անոր միւս կէսին հետ առին իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ Մովսէս Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք անոնց տուաւ, Տէրոջը ծառային Մովսէսին տուածին պէս։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:88: А [колено] Рувимово и Гадово с другою половиною колена Манассиина получили удел свой от Моисея за Иорданом к востоку, как дал им Моисей, раб Господень,
13:8 ταῖς ο the δὲ δε though; while δύο δυο two φυλαῖς φυλη tribe καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the ἡμίσει ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis τῷ ο the Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατ᾿ κατα down; by ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east ἡλίου ηλιος sun δέδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτὴν αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ὁ ο the παῖς παις child; boy κυρίου κυριος lord; master
13:8 עִמֹּ֗ו ʕimmˈô עִם with הָ hā הַ the רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ rˈʔûvēnî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the גָּדִ֔י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take נַחֲלָתָ֑ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give לָהֶ֜ם lāhˈem לְ to מֹשֶׁ֗ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
13:8. cum qua Ruben et Gad possederunt terram quam tradidit eis Moses famulus Domini trans fluenta Iordanis ad orientalem plagamWith whom Ruben and Gad have possessed the land, which Moses the servant of the Lord delivered to them beyond the river Jordan, on the east side.
8. With him the Reubenites and the Gadites received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, even as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them;
13:8. With them, Reuben and Gad have possessed the land, which Moses, the servant of the Lord, delivered to them beyond the river Jordan, on the eastern side:
13:8. With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, [even] as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them;
With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, [even] as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them:

8: А [колено] Рувимово и Гадово с другою половиною колена Манассиина получили удел свой от Моисея за Иорданом к востоку, как дал им Моисей, раб Господень,
13:8
ταῖς ο the
δὲ δε though; while
δύο δυο two
φυλαῖς φυλη tribe
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
ἡμίσει ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
τῷ ο the
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατ᾿ κατα down; by
ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
δέδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ο the
παῖς παις child; boy
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
13:8
עִמֹּ֗ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
הָ הַ the
רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ rˈʔûvēnî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדִ֔י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite
לָקְח֖וּ lāqᵊḥˌû לקח take
נַחֲלָתָ֑ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give
לָהֶ֜ם lāhˈem לְ to
מֹשֶׁ֗ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give
לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
13:8. cum qua Ruben et Gad possederunt terram quam tradidit eis Moses famulus Domini trans fluenta Iordanis ad orientalem plagam
With whom Ruben and Gad have possessed the land, which Moses the servant of the Lord delivered to them beyond the river Jordan, on the east side.
13:8. With them, Reuben and Gad have possessed the land, which Moses, the servant of the Lord, delivered to them beyond the river Jordan, on the eastern side:
13:8. With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, [even] as Moses the servant of the LORD gave them;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8: -й стих по греко-славянскому переводу начинается словами, не читаемыми в нынешнем еврейском тексте: taiV de duo fulaiV kai tw hmisei anassh [Так читается начало 8-го стиха в Александрийском и древнем Ватиканском (кроме de duo, отсутствующих в последнем) и др. списках.] — дву же племеном и полуплемени Манассиину. Эти слова, читавшиеся и в древнем славянском переводе [B. К. Лебедев, с. 236: «да дели двема племеном великим и полплемени Манассиину».], принадлежат, нужно полагать к тексту книги, как видно из нынешнего еврейского ее текста, по которому начальное слово этого стиха довольно ясно указывает на пропуск в нем нескольких предшествующих слов. По подстрочному переводу с еврейского он начинается словами: с ним («иммо») «Рувимово и Гадово получили»… С кем же «с ним»? По еврейскому тексту 7-й стих оканчивается словами: половине колена Манассиина. Но к этой половине колена, которая имела получить свой удел в западно-иорданской стране, не может относиться выражение «с ним», так как не с этим западно-иорданским полуколеном Манассииным Рувимово и Гадово колена получили свой удел; а с другим — восточно-иорданским, которое в предшествующем стихе не было названо. Вследствие этого выражение «с ним» у библеистов, следующих еврейскому тексту [Keil, Iosua, 107; Dillmann, Numeri Iosua. 511.], признается «не точным» и заменяется словами «с другою половиною Манассиина колена». Перевод 70-ти устраняет необходимость такого, во всяком случае вольного, перевода, представляя вышеприведенные, не сохранившиеся в нынешнем еврейском тексте слова, в которых названо то полуколено Манассиино, которое подразумевается в словах «с ним». В славянском переводе это «с ним» не передано, хотя в Александр. списке оно читается вслед за вышеприведенными словами греческого перевода toiV met autou tw Roubhn kai Gad — «тем, которые с ним, Рувимову и Гадову». Ясно, что вышеприведенные слова греческого перевода (дву же племенном и полуплемени Манассиину), предшествующие выражению «с ним», опущены в нынешнем еврейском тексте, вследствие чего при дословном его переводе получается явно неправильная речь, заставляющая переводчиков видоизменять и восполнять еврейский текст.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:8: The writer appends to the command of God Jos 13:1-7 a statement that the other two tribes and a half had already had their inheritance marked out for them by Moses in the land east of Jordan. The boundaries of this territory as a whole are first set forth Jos 13:8-14, and afterward the portions assigned within it to the two tribes and a half are severally described jos 13:15-33.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:8: Moses gave: Jos 4:12, Jos 22:4; Num 32:33-42; Deu 3:12-17
John Gill
13:8 With whom the Reubenites and the Gadites have received their inheritance,.... That is, along with the half tribe of Manasseh, but not with that half of it before mentioned, who was to haven division of a part with the nine tribes, but with the other half of the tribe settled beyond Jordan; with them the tribes of Reuben and Gad had received their portion at their own request, and so were to have no share in the present distribution:
which Moses gave them beyond Jordan eastward; at their desire, Num 32:1, and upon certain conditions to be performed by them, Num 32:20,
even as Moses the servant of the Lord gave them; this character of Moses, as the "servant of the Lord", seems to be observed to show that he gave the said tribes their inheritance: according to the will of God, and in obedience to it: here end the words of the Lord to Joshua, and next follows an account of the land given to the two tribes and a half described by the writer of this book.
John Wesley
13:8 Which Moses gave them - By my command, and therefore do not thou disturb them in their possessions, but proceed to divide the other possessions to the rest.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
13:8 With whom--Hebrew, "him." The antecedent is evidently to Manasseh, not, however, the half-tribe just mentioned, but the other half; for the historian, led, as it were, by the sound of the word, breaks off to describe the possessions beyond Jordan already assigned to Reuben, Gad, and the half of Manasseh (see on Num 32:1; Num 32:33; also see Deut 3:8-17). It may be proper to remark that it was wise to put these boundaries on record. In case of any misunderstanding or dispute arising about the exact limits of each district or property, an appeal could always be made to this authoritative document, and a full knowledge as well as grateful sense obtained of what they had received from God (Ps 16:5-6).
13:913:9: յԱրոերայ՝ որ է առ եզերբ հեղեղատին Առնովնայ, եւ զքաղաքն որ է ՚ի մէջ ձորոյն, եւ զամենայն Միսովր, ՚ի Մեդաբայ մինչեւ ցԴեբոն.
9. Առնոն հեղեղատի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերից եւ ձորի մէջ գտնուող քաղաքից մինչեւ Դեբոն, նաեւ ամբողջ Միսորը, Մեդաբան,
9 Առնոն ձորին եզերքին վրայ եղող Արոէրէ ու ձորին մէջ եղող քաղաքէն, Մեդաբայի բոլոր դաշտովը, մինչեւ Դեբոն
յԱրոյերայ որ է առ եզերբ հեղեղատին Առնովնայ, եւ զքաղաքն որ է ի մէջ ձորոյն, եւ զամենայն Միսովր, ի Մեդաբայ մինչեւ ցԴեբոն:

13:9: յԱրոերայ՝ որ է առ եզերբ հեղեղատին Առնովնայ, եւ զքաղաքն որ է ՚ի մէջ ձորոյն, եւ զամենայն Միսովր, ՚ի Մեդաբայ մինչեւ ցԴեբոն.
9. Առնոն հեղեղատի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերից եւ ձորի մէջ գտնուող քաղաքից մինչեւ Դեբոն, նաեւ ամբողջ Միսորը, Մեդաբան,
9 Առնոն ձորին եզերքին վրայ եղող Արոէրէ ու ձորին մէջ եղող քաղաքէն, Մեդաբայի բոլոր դաշտովը, մինչեւ Դեբոն
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:99: от Ароера, который на берегу потока Арнона, и город, который среди потока, и всю равнину Медеву до Дивона;
13:9 ἀπὸ απο from; away Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐπὶ επι in; on τοῦ ο the χείλους χειλος lip; shore χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even τὴν ο the πόλιν πολις city τὴν ο the ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the Μισωρ μισωρ from; away Μαιδαβα μαιδαβα till; until Δαιβαν δαιβαν Daiban; Thevan
13:9 מֵ mē מִן from עֲרֹועֵ֡ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֜ון ʔarnˈôn אַרְנֹון Arnon וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the נַּ֛חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מִּישֹׁ֥ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness מֵידְבָ֖א mêḏᵊvˌā מֵידְבָא Medeba עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto דִּיבֹֽון׃ dîvˈôn דִּיבֹן Dibon
13:9. ab Aroer quae sita est in ripa torrentis Arnon et in vallis medio universaque campestria Medaba usque DibonFrom Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley and all the plains of Medaba, as far as Dibon:
9. from Aroer, that is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the middle of the valley, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon;
13:9. from Aroer, which is situated on the bank of the torrent Arnon and in the midst of the valley, and all the plains of Medeba, as far as Dibon;
13:9. From Aroer, that [is] upon the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon;
From Aroer, that [is] upon the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon:

9: от Ароера, который на берегу потока Арнона, и город, который среди потока, и всю равнину Медеву до Дивона;
13:9
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοῦ ο the
χείλους χειλος lip; shore
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even
τὴν ο the
πόλιν πολις city
τὴν ο the
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
Μισωρ μισωρ from; away
Μαιδαβα μαιδαβα till; until
Δαιβαν δαιβαν Daiban; Thevan
13:9
מֵ מִן from
עֲרֹועֵ֡ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip
נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֜ון ʔarnˈôn אַרְנֹון Arnon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
נַּ֛חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֥ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness
מֵידְבָ֖א mêḏᵊvˌā מֵידְבָא Medeba
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
דִּיבֹֽון׃ dîvˈôn דִּיבֹן Dibon
13:9. ab Aroer quae sita est in ripa torrentis Arnon et in vallis medio universaque campestria Medaba usque Dibon
From Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley and all the plains of Medaba, as far as Dibon:
13:9. from Aroer, which is situated on the bank of the torrent Arnon and in the midst of the valley, and all the plains of Medeba, as far as Dibon;
13:9. From Aroer, that [is] upon the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9: См. XII:2. Равниной Медевы до Дивона названо плоскогорье (по-еврейски Мишор, отсюда славянское Мисор) на восточной стороне Мертвого моря, простиравшееся с севера — от Медевы — на юг — до Дивона. Город Медева — в 2-х часах пути от Есевона. В настоящее время на месте Медевы — обширные, красивые развалины, носящие у арабов название Мадаба. Дивон — на юг от Медевы на час пути от Арнона — в настоящее время также развалины, сохраняющие древнее название. Вблизи этих развалин в 1868: г. найден был немецким путешественником Клейном замечательный древний памятник с надписью Моавитского царя Меши, современника израильского царя Иорама и Иудейского царя Иосафата, писанной финикийскими письменами [Перевод этого памятника на русский язык с объяснением см. в «Христианском Чтении» 1870: г., где помещены статьи проф. Д. А. Хвольсона «Новооткрытый памятник Моавитского царя Меши».].
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:9: From Aroer - See on Jos 12:2 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:9: Aroer: Jos 13:16, Jos 12:2; Deu 3:12, Deu 3:16
all the plain: Num 21:30; Isa 15:2; Jer 48:18, Jer 48:22
John Gill
13:9 From Aroer, that is on the bank of the river Arnon,.... A city belonging to Moab, from whence the description begins, the river Arnon, on which it was situated, being the border between Moab and the Amorites, Num 21:13,
and the city that is in the midst of the river; or "even the city"; meaning the same city of Aroer, it lying both on the bank of it, and in the middle of it, or it was a double city, as may seem from Is 17:2; and so differently situated at that river:
and all the plains of Medeba unto Dibon; of these two places, see Num 21:30; between them lay a plain, which some take to be the plain of Moab; but it rather seems to be a plain that was between these two places, and, according to Josh 13:17, Dibon itself was in a plain.
John Wesley
13:9 Medeba unto Dibon - Two cities anciently belonging to the Moabites, and taken from them by the Amorites, Num 21:30, and from them by the Israelites; and after the Israelites were gone into captivity, recovered by the first possessors, the Moabites.
13:1013:10: զամենայն քաղաքսն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս որդւոցն Ամոնայ.
10. Եսեբոնում թագաւորող ամորհացիների արքայ Սեհոնի բոլոր քաղաքները, մինչեւ ամոնացիների սահմանները,
10 Ու Եսեբոնի մէջ թագաւորող՝ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին բոլոր քաղաքները, մինչեւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանը
զամենայն քաղաքսն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս որդւոցն Ամոնայ:

13:10: զամենայն քաղաքսն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս որդւոցն Ամոնայ.
10. Եսեբոնում թագաւորող ամորհացիների արքայ Սեհոնի բոլոր քաղաքները, մինչեւ ամոնացիների սահմանները,
10 Ու Եսեբոնի մէջ թագաւորող՝ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին բոլոր քաղաքները, մինչեւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1010: также все города Сигона, царя Аморрейского, который царствовал в Есевоне, до пределов Аммонитских,
13:10 πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city Σηων σηων monarch; king Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign ἐν εν in Εσεβων εσεβων till; until τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier υἱῶν υιος son Αμμων αμμων Ammōn; Ammon
13:10 וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹ֗ל ḵˈōl כֹּל whole עָרֵי֙ ʕārˌê עִיר town סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto גְּב֖וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son עַמֹּֽון׃ ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
13:10. et cunctas civitates Seon regis Amorrei qui regnavit in Esebon usque ad terminos filiorum AmmonAnd all the cities of Sehon, king of the Amorrhites, who reigned in Hesebon, unto the borders of the children of Ammon.
10. and all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon;
13:10. and all the cities of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon, even to the borders of the sons of Ammon;
13:10. And all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon;
And all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon:

10: также все города Сигона, царя Аморрейского, который царствовал в Есевоне, до пределов Аммонитских,
13:10
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
ἐν εν in
Εσεβων εσεβων till; until
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμων αμμων Ammōn; Ammon
13:10
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹ֗ל ḵˈōl כֹּל whole
עָרֵי֙ ʕārˌê עִיר town
סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
גְּב֖וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
עַמֹּֽון׃ ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
13:10. et cunctas civitates Seon regis Amorrei qui regnavit in Esebon usque ad terminos filiorum Ammon
And all the cities of Sehon, king of the Amorrhites, who reigned in Hesebon, unto the borders of the children of Ammon.
13:10. and all the cities of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon, even to the borders of the sons of Ammon;
13:10. And all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:10: Num 21:24-26
John Gill
13:10 And all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon,.... A city he took from the Moabites, and made it his royal seat, Num 21:26,
unto the border of the children of Ammon; which was the river Jabbok, Deut 3:16.
13:1113:11: եւ զԳաղաադայինն, եւ զսահմանս Գեսուրայ, եւ զՄաքաթեայ, եւ զամենայն լեառնն Ահերմոն. եւ զամենայն Բասանաստան մինչեւ ցՍեղքա[2272]։ [2272] Ոմանք. Եւ զսահմանս Գեսարայ. եւ ոմանք՝ Գեսգուրայ։
11. Գաղաադը եւ Գեսուրի ու Մաքաթիի սահմանները, ամբողջ Ահերմոն լեռը, ամբողջ Բասանաստանը, մինչեւ Սելքա,
11 Եւ Գաղաադն ու Գեսուրացիներուն ու Մաքաթացիներուն սահմանը եւ բոլոր Հերմոն լեռն ու բոլոր Բասանը մինչեւ Սելքա.
եւ [221]զԳաղաադայինն եւ զսահմանս Գեսուրայ եւ զՄաքաթեայ, եւ զամենայն լեառնն Հերմոն, եւ զամենայն Բասանաստան մինչեւ ցՍելքա:

13:11: եւ զԳաղաադայինն, եւ զսահմանս Գեսուրայ, եւ զՄաքաթեայ, եւ զամենայն լեառնն Ահերմոն. եւ զամենայն Բասանաստան մինչեւ ցՍեղքա[2272]։
[2272] Ոմանք. Եւ զսահմանս Գեսարայ. եւ ոմանք՝ Գեսգուրայ։
11. Գաղաադը եւ Գեսուրի ու Մաքաթիի սահմանները, ամբողջ Ահերմոն լեռը, ամբողջ Բասանաստանը, մինչեւ Սելքա,
11 Եւ Գաղաադն ու Գեսուրացիներուն ու Մաքաթացիներուն սահմանը եւ բոլոր Հերմոն լեռն ու բոլոր Բասանը մինչեւ Սելքա.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1111: также Галаад и область Гессурскую и Маахскую, и всю гору Ермон и весь Васан до Салхи,
13:11 καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Γαλααδίτιδα γαλααδιτις and; even τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even τοῦ ο the Μαχατι μαχατι all; every ὄρος ορος mountain; mount Αερμων αερμων and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the Βασανῖτιν βασανιτις till; until Σελχα σελχα Selcha; Selkha
13:11 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֞ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וּ û וְ and גְב֧וּל ḡᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary הַ ha הַ the גְּשׁוּרִ֣י ggᵊšûrˈî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מַּעֲכָתִ֗י mmaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹ֨ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain חֶרְמֹ֛ון ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto סַלְכָֽה׃ salᵊḵˈā סַלְכָה Salecah
13:11. et Galaad ac terminum Gesuri et Machathi omnemque montem Hermon et universam Basan usque SalecaAnd Galaad, and the borders of Gessuri and Machati, and all mount Hermon, and all Basan as far as Salecha,
11. and Gilead, and the border of the Geshurites and Maacathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salecah;
13:11. and Gilead, as well as the borders of Geshur and Maacati, and all of mount Hermon, and all of Bashan, as far as Salecah;
13:11. And Gilead, and the border of the Geshurites and Maachathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salcah;
And Gilead, and the border of the Geshurites and Maachathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salcah:

11: также Галаад и область Гессурскую и Маахскую, и всю гору Ермон и весь Васан до Салхи,
13:11
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Γαλααδίτιδα γαλααδιτις and; even
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even
τοῦ ο the
Μαχατι μαχατι all; every
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
Αερμων αερμων and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
Βασανῖτιν βασανιτις till; until
Σελχα σελχα Selcha; Selkha
13:11
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֞ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וּ û וְ and
גְב֧וּל ḡᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
הַ ha הַ the
גְּשׁוּרִ֣י ggᵊšûrˈî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מַּעֲכָתִ֗י mmaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹ֨ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
חֶרְמֹ֛ון ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
סַלְכָֽה׃ salᵊḵˈā סַלְכָה Salecah
13:11. et Galaad ac terminum Gesuri et Machathi omnemque montem Hermon et universam Basan usque Saleca
And Galaad, and the borders of Gessuri and Machati, and all mount Hermon, and all Basan as far as Salecha,
13:11. and Gilead, as well as the borders of Geshur and Maacati, and all of mount Hermon, and all of Bashan, as far as Salecah;
13:11. And Gilead, and the border of the Geshurites and Maachathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salcah;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11: Галаадом вообще называется восточно-иорданская страна к югу и северу от Иавока (ныне — Зерка), составные части которой в настоящее время носят названия Белка между Иавоком и Арноном и Джебель Аджлюн, между Иавоком и Иармуком (Шериат-ел-Мандгур). Области Гессурская и Маахская (о ней см. к XII:5) отнесены здесь к владениям восточно-иорданских колен, но в действительности они им не принадлежали (ст. 13).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:11: Border of the Geshurites - See on Jos 12:5 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:11: Jos 12:2-5; Deu 4:47, Deu 4:48; Ch1 2:23
John Gill
13:11 And Gilead,.... The land of Gilead, which was part of the kingdom of Og, half of which was given to Reuben, and the other half to Gad:
and the border of the Geshurites and Maachathites; of which see Deut 3:14,
and all Mount Hermon; called also Sirion, Shenir, and Sion, Deut 3:9,
and all Bashan unto Salcah; another part of the dominions of Og, Deut 3:10.
John Wesley
13:11 And Maacathites - Whose land God had given to the Israelites without Jordan, though they had not yet used the gift of God, nor taken possession of it, as is noted, Josh 13:13.
13:1213:12: Եւ զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան, որ թագաւորեաց յԱստարովթ եւ յԵդրային. նա՛ մնաց ՚ի մնացորդաց սկայիցն. եւ եհար զնա Մովսէս՝ եւ սատակեաց։
12. Բասանի մէջ ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնն Օգի, որ թագաւորում էր Աստարոթում եւ Եդրայինում: Հսկաների մնացորդներից միայն սա էր մնացել, եւ Մովսէսը հարուածեց ու սպանեց նրան:
12 Բասանի մէջ Ովգի բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, որ Աստարովթի ու Եդրայիի մէջ կը թագաւորէր եւ հսկաներուն մնացորդէն անիկա մնացեր էր. բայց Մովսէս զանոնք զարկաւ ու վռնտեց։
զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ ի Բասան, որ թագաւորեաց յԱստարովթ եւ յԵդրային. նա մնաց ի մնացորդաց սկայիցն. եւ եհար զնա Մովսէս եւ սատակեաց:

13:12: Եւ զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան, որ թագաւորեաց յԱստարովթ եւ յԵդրային. նա՛ մնաց ՚ի մնացորդաց սկայիցն. եւ եհար զնա Մովսէս՝ եւ սատակեաց։
12. Բասանի մէջ ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնն Օգի, որ թագաւորում էր Աստարոթում եւ Եդրայինում: Հսկաների մնացորդներից միայն սա էր մնացել, եւ Մովսէսը հարուածեց ու սպանեց նրան:
12 Բասանի մէջ Ովգի բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, որ Աստարովթի ու Եդրայիի մէջ կը թագաւորէր եւ հսկաներուն մնացորդէն անիկա մնացեր էր. բայց Մովսէս զանոնք զարկաւ ու վռնտեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1212: все царство Ога Васанского, который царствовал в Астарофе и в Едреи. Он оставался один из Рефаимов, которых Моисей поразил и прогнал.
13:12 πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ in τῇ ο the Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις who; what ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign ἐν εν in Ασταρωθ ασταρωθ and; even ἐν εν in Εδραϊν εδραιν this; he κατελείφθη καταλειπω leave behind; remain ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the γιγάντων γιγας and; even ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact αὐτὸν αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even ἐξωλέθρευσεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
13:12 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַמְלְכ֥וּת mamlᵊḵˌûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom עֹוג֙ ʕôḡ עֹוג Og בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָלַ֥ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַשְׁתָּרֹ֖ות ʕaštārˌôṯ עַשְׁתָּרֹות Ashtaroth וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in אֶדְרֶ֑עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei ה֤וּא hˈû הוּא he נִשְׁאַר֙ nišʔˌar שׁאר remain מִ mi מִן from יֶּ֣תֶר yyˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder הָ hā הַ the רְפָאִ֔ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim וַ wa וְ and יַּכֵּ֥ם yyakkˌēm נכה strike מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וַ wa וְ and יֹּרִשֵֽׁם׃ yyōrišˈēm ירשׁ trample down
13:12. omne regnum Og in Basan qui regnavit in Astharoth et Edraim ipse fuit de reliquiis Rafaim percussitque eos Moses atque delevitAll the kingdom of Og in Basan, who reigned in Astaroth and Edrai, he was of the remains of the Raphaims: and Moses overthrew and destroyed them.
12. all the kingdom of Og in Bashan, which reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei ( the same was left of the remnant of the Rephaim); for these did Moses smite, and drave them out.
13:12. the entire kingdom of Og in Bashan, who reigned at Ashtaroth and Edrei, (he was among the last of the Rephaim). And Moses struck and destroyed them.
13:12. All the kingdom of Og in Bashan, which reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei, who remained of the remnant of the giants: for these did Moses smite, and cast them out.
All the kingdom of Og in Bashan, which reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei, who remained of the remnant of the giants: for these did Moses smite, and cast them out:

12: все царство Ога Васанского, который царствовал в Астарофе и в Едреи. Он оставался один из Рефаимов, которых Моисей поразил и прогнал.
13:12
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ in
τῇ ο the
Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις who; what
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
ἐν εν in
Ασταρωθ ασταρωθ and; even
ἐν εν in
Εδραϊν εδραιν this; he
κατελείφθη καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
γιγάντων γιγας and; even
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
ἐξωλέθρευσεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
13:12
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַמְלְכ֥וּת mamlᵊḵˌûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom
עֹוג֙ ʕôḡ עֹוג Og
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָלַ֥ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַשְׁתָּרֹ֖ות ʕaštārˌôṯ עַשְׁתָּרֹות Ashtaroth
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אֶדְרֶ֑עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei
ה֤וּא hˈû הוּא he
נִשְׁאַר֙ nišʔˌar שׁאר remain
מִ mi מִן from
יֶּ֣תֶר yyˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder
הָ הַ the
רְפָאִ֔ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
וַ wa וְ and
יַּכֵּ֥ם yyakkˌēm נכה strike
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּרִשֵֽׁם׃ yyōrišˈēm ירשׁ trample down
13:12. omne regnum Og in Basan qui regnavit in Astharoth et Edraim ipse fuit de reliquiis Rafaim percussitque eos Moses atque delevit
All the kingdom of Og in Basan, who reigned in Astaroth and Edrai, he was of the remains of the Raphaims: and Moses overthrew and destroyed them.
13:12. the entire kingdom of Og in Bashan, who reigned at Ashtaroth and Edrei, (he was among the last of the Rephaim). And Moses struck and destroyed them.
13:12. All the kingdom of Og in Bashan, which reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei, who remained of the remnant of the giants: for these did Moses smite, and cast them out.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12: Об Аcтарофе и Едреи см. к XII:4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:12: Og: Jos 12:4; Deu 3:10, Deu 3:11
these did: Jos 14:3, Jos 14:4; Num 21:23-35
John Gill
13:12 All the kingdom of Og in Bashan, who reigned in Ashtaroth and in Edrei,.... See Gill on Josh 12:4,
who remained of the remnant of the giants; was descended from those that remained in Ashtaroth, after the rest were cut off by Chedorlaomer, Gen 14:5; called there the Rephaim, as here:
for these did Moses smite, and cast them out: that is, not only the giants, but the inhabitants of the above kingdom, the greatest part of them; for the Geshurites and the Maachathites are excepted in Josh 13:13.
John Wesley
13:12 These did Moses smite - Not all now mentioned, but Sihon and Og, and their people, and the generality of them.
13:1313:13: Եւ ո՛չ սատակեցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի զԳեսուրի, եւ զՄաքաթի, եւ զՔանանացին. եւ բնակէր թագաւորն Գեսուրայ եւ Մաքաթեայ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի մինչեւ ցայսօր։
13. Բայց իսրայէլացիները չբնաջնջեցին գեսուրացիներին, մաքաթացիներին եւ քանանացիներին. եւ գեսուրացիներն ու մաքաթացիները բնակւում են Իսրայէլի մէջ մինչեւ այսօր:
13 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Գեսուրացիներն ու Մաքաթացիները չվռնտեցին եւ Գեսուրացիներն ու Մաքաթացիները մինչեւ այսօր Իսրայէլի մէջ բնակեցան։
Եւ ոչ սատակեցին որդիքն Իսրայելի զԳեսուրի եւ զՄաքաթի [222]եւ զՔանանացին``. եւ բնակէր [223]թագաւորն Գեսուրայ եւ Մաքաթեայ`` ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայելի մինչեւ ցայսօր:

13:13: Եւ ո՛չ սատակեցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի զԳեսուրի, եւ զՄաքաթի, եւ զՔանանացին. եւ բնակէր թագաւորն Գեսուրայ եւ Մաքաթեայ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի մինչեւ ցայսօր։
13. Բայց իսրայէլացիները չբնաջնջեցին գեսուրացիներին, մաքաթացիներին եւ քանանացիներին. եւ գեսուրացիներն ու մաքաթացիները բնակւում են Իսրայէլի մէջ մինչեւ այսօր:
13 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Գեսուրացիներն ու Մաքաթացիները չվռնտեցին եւ Գեսուրացիներն ու Մաքաթացիները մինչեւ այսօր Իսրայէլի մէջ բնակեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1313: Но сыны Израилевы не выгнали жителей Гессура и Маахи, и живет Гессур и Мааха среди Израиля до сего дня.
13:13 καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἐξωλέθρευσαν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τὸν ο the Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even τὸν ο the Μαχατι μαχατι and; even τὸν ο the Χαναναῖον χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos καὶ και and; even κατῴκει κατοικεω settle βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even ὁ ο the Μαχατι μαχατι in τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the σήμερον σημερον today; present ἡμέρας ημερα day
13:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not הֹורִ֨ישׁוּ֙ hôrˈîšû ירשׁ trample down בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the גְּשׁוּרִ֖י ggᵊšûrˌî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the מַּעֲכָתִ֑י mmaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֨שֶׁב yyˌēšev ישׁב sit גְּשׁ֤וּר gᵊšˈûr גְּשׁוּר Geshur וּ û וְ and מַֽעֲכָת֙ mˈaʕᵃḵoṯ מַעֲכָת Maacath בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֣רֶב qˈerev קֶרֶב interior יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
13:13. nolueruntque disperdere filii Israhel Gesuri et Machathi et habitaverunt in medio Israhel usque in praesentem diemAnd the children of Israel would not destroy Gessuri and Machati and they have dwelt in the midst of Israel, until this present day.
13. Nevertheless the children of Israel drave not out the Geshurites, nor the Maacathites: but Geshur and Maacath dwelt in the midst of Israel, unto this day.
13:13. And the sons of Israel were not willing to destroy Geshur and Maacati, and so they have lived in the midst of Israel, even to the present day.
13:13. Nevertheless the children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites: but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day.
Nevertheless the children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites: but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day:

13: Но сыны Израилевы не выгнали жителей Гессура и Маахи, и живет Гессур и Мааха среди Израиля до сего дня.
13:13
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐξωλέθρευσαν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τὸν ο the
Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even
τὸν ο the
Μαχατι μαχατι and; even
τὸν ο the
Χαναναῖον χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
καὶ και and; even
κατῴκει κατοικεω settle
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
Γεσιρι γεσιρι and; even
ο the
Μαχατι μαχατι in
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ἡμέρας ημερα day
13:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
הֹורִ֨ישׁוּ֙ hôrˈîšû ירשׁ trample down
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
גְּשׁוּרִ֖י ggᵊšûrˌî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
מַּעֲכָתִ֑י mmaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֨שֶׁב yyˌēšev ישׁב sit
גְּשׁ֤וּר gᵊšˈûr גְּשׁוּר Geshur
וּ û וְ and
מַֽעֲכָת֙ mˈaʕᵃḵoṯ מַעֲכָת Maacath
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֣רֶב qˈerev קֶרֶב interior
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
13:13. nolueruntque disperdere filii Israhel Gesuri et Machathi et habitaverunt in medio Israhel usque in praesentem diem
And the children of Israel would not destroy Gessuri and Machati and they have dwelt in the midst of Israel, until this present day.
13:13. And the sons of Israel were not willing to destroy Geshur and Maacati, and so they have lived in the midst of Israel, even to the present day.
13:13. Nevertheless the children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites: but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:13: expelled: Jos 13:11, Jos 23:12, Jos 23:13; Num 33:55; Jdg 2:1-3; Sa2 3:3, Sa2 13:37, Sa2 13:38
Geneva 1599
13:13 Nevertheless the children of Israel (d) expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites: but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day.
(d) Because they had not destroyed all as God had commanded they that remainder were snares and pricks to hurt them, (Num 33:35; Josh 23:13; Judg 2:3).
John Gill
13:13 Nevertheless, the children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites, nor the Maachathites,.... Neither in the times of Moses, nor in the times of Joshua:
but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day: in full possession of their cities unmolested; yea, in later times they became separate and distinct kingdoms; for we read both of the king of Geshur, and of the king of Maachah, 2Kings 3:3.
13:1413:14: Բայց ցեղին Ղեւեայ ո՛չ տուաւ բաժին եւ ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի է՛ նոցա ժառանգութիւն՝ որպէս ասաց նոցա Տէր։ Եւ ա՛յս են բաժինք զոր բաժանեաց Մովսէս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, յՌաբովթ Մովաբ յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յանդիման Երեքոյի։
14. Բայց Ղեւիի ցեղին բաժին եւ ժառանգութիւն չտրուեց, որովհետեւ Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն է նրանց ժառանգութիւնը, ինչպէս նրանց ասել էր Տէրը: Սրանք այն բաժիններն են, որ Մովսէսը բաժանեց իսրայէլացիներին Ռաբոթ Մովաբում, Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, Երիքովի դիմաց:
14 Միայն Ղեւիի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն չտուաւ. անոր ժառանգութիւնը Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուծոյն մատուցուած պատարագներն են, ինչպէս անոր ըսեր էր։
Բայց ցեղին Ղեւեայ ոչ տուաւ [224]բաժին եւ ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայելի է նոցա ժառանգութիւն որպէս ասաց նոցա Տէր: Եւ այս են բաժինք զոր բաժանեաց Մովսէս որդւոցն Իսրայելի, յՌաբովթ Մովաբ յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յանդիման Երեքոյի:

13:14: Բայց ցեղին Ղեւեայ ո՛չ տուաւ բաժին եւ ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի է՛ նոցա ժառանգութիւն՝ որպէս ասաց նոցա Տէր։ Եւ ա՛յս են բաժինք զոր բաժանեաց Մովսէս որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, յՌաբովթ Մովաբ յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յանդիման Երեքոյի։
14. Բայց Ղեւիի ցեղին բաժին եւ ժառանգութիւն չտրուեց, որովհետեւ Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն է նրանց ժառանգութիւնը, ինչպէս նրանց ասել էր Տէրը: Սրանք այն բաժիններն են, որ Մովսէսը բաժանեց իսրայէլացիներին Ռաբոթ Մովաբում, Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, Երիքովի դիմաց:
14 Միայն Ղեւիի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն չտուաւ. անոր ժառանգութիւնը Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուծոյն մատուցուած պատարագներն են, ինչպէս անոր ըսեր էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1414: Только колену Левиину не дал он удела: жертвы Господа Бога Израилева суть удел его, как сказал ему Господь.
13:14 πλὴν πλην besides; only τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe Λευι λευι Leuΐ; Lei οὐκ ου not ἐδόθη διδωμι give; deposit κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel οὗτος ουτος this; he αὐτῶν αυτος he; him κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance καθὰ καθα just as εἶπεν επω say; speak αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even οὗτος ουτος this; he ὁ ο the καταμερισμός καταμερισμος who; what κατεμέρισεν καταμεριζω Mōseus; Mosefs τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐν εν in Αραβωθ αραβωθ in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατὰ κατα down; by Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
13:14 רַ֚ק ˈraq רַק only לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod הַ ha הַ the לֵּוִ֔י llēwˈî לֵוִי Levite לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not נָתַ֖ן nāṯˌan נתן give נַחֲלָ֑ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage אִשֵּׁ֨י ʔiššˌê אִשֶּׁה fire offering יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֤י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s) יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he נַחֲלָתֹ֔ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּר־ dibber- דבר speak לֹֽו׃ ס lˈô . s לְ to
13:14. tribui autem Levi non dedit possessionem sed sacrificia et victimae Domini Dei Israhel ipsa est eius hereditas sicut locutus est illiBut to the tribe of Levi he gave no possession: but the sacrifices and victims of thee Lord God of Israel, are his inheritance, as he spoke to him.
14. Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the offerings of the LORD, the God of Israel, made by fire are his inheritance, as he spake unto him.
13:14. But to the tribe of Levi, he did not give a possession. Instead, the sacrifices and victims of the Lord, the God of Israel, these are his inheritance, just as he spoke to him.
13:14. Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the sacrifices of the LORD God of Israel made by fire [are] their inheritance, as he said unto them.
Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the sacrifices of the LORD God of Israel made by fire [are] their inheritance, as he said unto them:

14: Только колену Левиину не дал он удела: жертвы Господа Бога Израилева суть удел его, как сказал ему Господь.
13:14
πλὴν πλην besides; only
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Λευι λευι Leuΐ; Lei
οὐκ ου not
ἐδόθη διδωμι give; deposit
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
οὗτος ουτος this; he
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
καθὰ καθα just as
εἶπεν επω say; speak
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ο the
καταμερισμός καταμερισμος who; what
κατεμέρισεν καταμεριζω Mōseus; Mosefs
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐν εν in
Αραβωθ αραβωθ in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατὰ κατα down; by
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
13:14
רַ֚ק ˈraq רַק only
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
הַ ha הַ the
לֵּוִ֔י llēwˈî לֵוִי Levite
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
נָתַ֖ן nāṯˌan נתן give
נַחֲלָ֑ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage
אִשֵּׁ֨י ʔiššˌê אִשֶּׁה fire offering
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֤י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he
נַחֲלָתֹ֔ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּר־ dibber- דבר speak
לֹֽו׃ ס lˈô . s לְ to
13:14. tribui autem Levi non dedit possessionem sed sacrificia et victimae Domini Dei Israhel ipsa est eius hereditas sicut locutus est illi
But to the tribe of Levi he gave no possession: but the sacrifices and victims of thee Lord God of Israel, are his inheritance, as he spoke to him.
13:14. But to the tribe of Levi, he did not give a possession. Instead, the sacrifices and victims of the Lord, the God of Israel, these are his inheritance, just as he spoke to him.
13:14. Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the sacrifices of the LORD God of Israel made by fire [are] their inheritance, as he said unto them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: Моисей не дал Левину колену особого наследственного владения (Втор XVIII:1–2) согласно с божественным повелением (в Чис ХVIII:20–21). Жертвами Господа называются вообще дары, приносимые Господу, каковы: жертвы в собственном смысле, возжигаемые на жертвеннике (Лев I:9, 13: и др.) и в несобственном, каковы: десятины, начатки (Чис ХVIII:21; Лев XXVII:30), хлебы предложения (XXIV:7). Слово жертвы, не читается в большинстве греческ. сп., как и в славянском переводе; по греко-славянскому переводу Господь Бог Израилев дал наследие несогласно с указанными местами книги Чисел и Второзакония. Слова (Вот разделение, какое сделал Моисей сынам израилевым… на супротив Иерихона) отсутствуют в еврейском тексте, но читаются в списках перевода 70-ти и в слав. Библии. Они представляют, очевидно, заглавие к следующему затем разделению восточно-иорданской страны между двумя с половиной коленами и находились, по всей вероятности, в древнейшем еврейском тексте, которым пользовались 70-т, как это допускают и некоторые из западно-христианских комментаторов [А. Dillman в названном выше комментарии.]. Выражение по племенам их в древних греческих списках отсутствует.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:14
See Deu 18:1-5 and notes.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:14: See note on Jos 13:33. Jos 14:3, Jos 14:4; Num 18:20-24; Deu 10:9, Deu 12:12, Deu 12:19, Deu 18:2
Geneva 1599
13:14 Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance; the sacrifices of the LORD God of Israel made by fire [are] (e) their inheritance, as he said unto them.
(e) Levi will live by the sacrifices, (Num 18:21).
John Gill
13:14 Only unto the tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance,.... Neither the Lord, nor Moses by his order, nor did he appoint any inheritance for them, either beyond Jordan, or on this side it, for the Lord was to be their inheritance, Num 18:20;
the sacrifices of the Lord God of Israel made by fire are their inheritance, as he said unto them; Deut 18:1; and which are put for the whole of what was granted to them for their subsistence, as tithes, firstfruits, &c.
John Wesley
13:14 He gave - That is, Moses. None inheritance - Namely, in the land beyond Jordan, where yet a considerable part of the Levites were to have their settled abode. This is mentioned as the reason both why Moses gave all that land to the Reubenites and Gadites and Manassites; and why Joshua should divide the land only into nine parts and an half, as was said, Josh 13:7, because Levi was otherwise provided for. Made by fire - Which are here put for all the sacrifices and oblations, including first - fruits and tithes, that were assigned to the Levites; and this passage is repeated, to prevent those calumnies and injuries which God foresaw the Levites were likely to meet with, from the malice, envy and covetousness of their brethren.
13:1513:15: Եւ ե՛տ Մովսէս ըստ ցեղին Ռուբինի եւ ըստ տոհմից նոցա.
15. Մովսէսը Ռուբէնի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն տուեց ըստ նրա տոհմերի,
15 Եւ Մովսէս Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ցեղին, անոնց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ, ժառանգութիւն տուաւ
Եւ ետ Մովսէս ըստ ցեղին Ռուբենի եւ ըստ տոհմից նոցա:

13:15: Եւ ե՛տ Մովսէս ըստ ցեղին Ռուբինի եւ ըստ տոհմից նոցա.
15. Մովսէսը Ռուբէնի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն տուեց ըստ նրա տոհմերի,
15 Եւ Մովսէս Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ցեղին, անոնց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ, ժառանգութիւն տուաւ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1515: колену сынов Рувимовых по племенам их дал [удел] Моисей:
13:15 καὶ και and; even ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τῇ ο the φυλῇ φυλη tribe Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:15 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֖ן rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:15. dedit ergo Moses possessionem tribui filiorum Ruben iuxta cognationes suasAnd Moses gave a possession to the children of Ruben according to their kindreds.
15. And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben according to their families.
13:15. Therefore, Moses gave a possession to the tribe of the sons of Reuben, according to their families.
13:15. And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben [inheritance] according to their families.
And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben [inheritance] according to their families:

15: колену сынов Рувимовых по племенам их дал [удел] Моисей:
13:15
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τῇ ο the
φυλῇ φυλη tribe
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:15
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֖ן rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:15. dedit ergo Moses possessionem tribui filiorum Ruben iuxta cognationes suas
And Moses gave a possession to the children of Ruben according to their kindreds.
13:15. Therefore, Moses gave a possession to the tribe of the sons of Reuben, according to their families.
13:15. And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben [inheritance] according to their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15: См. XII:1–2: и XIII:9. Вамоф-Ваал (высота Ваала) находился на восточной стороне Мертвого моря, близ северной его оконечности; он служил местом, с которого Валаам видел израильский стан, расположенный на Моавитской равнине, против Иерихона (Чис XXV:1, 41); самое место его с точностью не установлено. Город Беф-Ваал-Меон (в славянской Библии домы Веелмони) находился на северной стороне потока Зерка Маин, верстах в 6-ти от Медевы (см. 9: ст.) на месте обширных необитаемых в настоящее время развалин, носящих название Маин.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:15-24
Inheritance of the tribe of Reuben. This territory was the most southerly of the trans-Jordanic possessions of Israel, and adjoined Moab, which lay only on the other side of the Arnon. Hence, the Reubenites became in after times much intermixed with the Moabites, who in fact eventually acquired much of the land, and several, if not all, of the cities here named as belonging to Reuben. This acquisition was probably assisted by the fact that the territory north of Arnon had formerly belonged to the Moabites, from whom it was wrested by the Amorites (see Num 21:27, etc. notes). It is not likely that the Amorite conquerors had completely extirpated the Moabite inhabitants. Hence, in the days when the Reubenites became engrossed in their pastoral pursuits, and probably not very long after the days of Joshua, the Moabites easily encroached on their inheritance, and in the end probably reoccupied nearly the whole of the ancient kingdom of Sihon (Compare Deu 33:6 note).
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:15
The Possessions of the Two Tribes and a Half. - Josh 13:15-23. The tribe of Reuben received its inheritance in the south-namely, the territory from Aror in the Arnon valley, and from Ar in that valley, onwards, and the plain (table-land) by Medeba (see Josh 13:9), with Heshbon the capital and her towns, i.e., the towns dependent upon it, in the plain. Heshbon, almost in the centre between the Arnon and the Jabbok, was situated upon the border of the inheritance of the Reubenites, and was ceded to the Gadites, who gave it up to the Levites (Josh 21:39; 1Chron 6:66 : see at Num 32:37). Dibon, called Dibon of Gad in Num 33:45, because the Gadites had built, i.e., fortified it, was on the south of Heshbon, only an hour from Aror, on the Arnon (Josh 13:9). Bamoth-baal, also called Bamoth simply (Num 21:20; Is 15:2), is to be sought for on the Jebel Attarus (see at Num 21:20). It was thence that Balaam saw the end of the Israelitish camp (Num 22:41). Bethbaal-meon, the present ruin of Myun, three-quarters of an hour S.E. of Heshbon (see at Num 32:38). Jahza, where Sihon was defeated, was to the east of Medeba, according to the Onom.; and Dibon was on the border of the desert (see at Num 21:23). Kedemoth, on the border of the desert, to the north-west of Kalaat Balua, is to be sought on the northern bank of the Balua, or upper Arnon (see at Num 21:13). Mephaath, where there was a garrison stationed (according to the Onom.) as a defence against the inhabitants of the desert, is to be sought for in the neighbourhood of Jahza, with which it is always associated (Jer 48:21). Kedemoth and Mephaath were given up to the Levites (Josh 21:37; 1Chron 6:64).
John Gill
13:15 And Moses gave unto the tribe of the children of Reuben inheritance according to their families. According to the number of them, and sufficient for them.
John Wesley
13:15 According to their families - Dividing the inheritance into as many parts as they had families; but this is only spoken of the greater families; for the lesser distributions to the several small families was done by inferior officers, according to the rules which Moses gave them.
13:1613:16: եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա յԱրոէրայ՝ որ կայ յանդիման ձորոյն Առնովնայ, եւ քաղաքն ՚ի ձորն Առնովնայ, եւ ամենայն Միսովր. եւ Մեդաբայ[2273] [2273] Ոմանք. Եւ Միգաբայ (17) մինչեւ ցԵսեբոն։
16. եւ նրանց սահմանները եղան Առնոն ձորի դիմացը գտնուող Արոյերը, Առնոն ձորում գտնուող քաղաքը, ամբողջ Միսորը
16 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Առնոն ձորին եզերքին վրայ եղող Արոէրէն ու ձորին մէջ եղող քաղաքէն, Մեդաբայի քով եղած բոլոր դաշտը,
եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա յԱրոյերայ որ կայ յանդիման ձորոյն Առնովնայ, եւ [225]քաղաքն ի ձորն Առնովնայ, եւ ամենայն Միսովր:

13:16: եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա յԱրոէրայ՝ որ կայ յանդիման ձորոյն Առնովնայ, եւ քաղաքն ՚ի ձորն Առնովնայ, եւ ամենայն Միսովր. եւ Մեդաբայ[2273]
[2273] Ոմանք. Եւ Միգաբայ (17) մինչեւ ցԵսեբոն։
16. եւ նրանց սահմանները եղան Առնոն ձորի դիմացը գտնուող Արոյերը, Առնոն ձորում գտնուող քաղաքը, ամբողջ Միսորը
16 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Առնոն ձորին եզերքին վրայ եղող Արոէրէն ու ձորին մէջ եղող քաղաքէն, Մեդաբայի քով եղած բոլոր դաշտը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1616: пределом их был Ароер, который на берегу потока Арнона, и город, который среди потока, и вся равнина при Медеве,
13:16 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier ἀπὸ απο from; away Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be κατὰ κατα down; by πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge Αρνων αρνων and; even ἡ ο the πόλις πολις city ἡ ο the ἐν εν in τῇ ο the φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge Αρνων αρνων and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the Μισωρ μισωρ Misōr; Misor
13:16 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be לָהֶ֜ם lāhˈem לְ to הַ ha הַ the גְּב֗וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary מֵ mē מִן from עֲרֹועֵ֡ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֜ון ʔarnˈôn אַרְנֹון Arnon וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the נַּ֛חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מִּישֹׁ֖ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מֵידְבָֽא׃ mêḏᵊvˈā מֵידְבָא Medeba
13:16. fuitque terminus eorum ab Aroer quae sita est in ripa torrentis Arnon et in valle eiusdem torrentis media universam planitiem quae ducit MedabaAnd their border was from Aroer, which is on the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley of the same torrent: all the plain, that leadeth to Medaba,
16. And their border was from Aroer, that is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the middle of the valley, and all the plain by Medeba;
13:16. And their border was from Aroer, which is situated on the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley of the same torrent, with all the flatlands that lead to Medeba;
13:16. And their coast was from Aroer, that [is] on the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain by Medeba;
And their coast was from Aroer, that [is] on the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain by Medeba:

16: пределом их был Ароер, который на берегу потока Арнона, и город, который среди потока, и вся равнина при Медеве,
13:16
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
κατὰ κατα down; by
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge
Αρνων αρνων and; even
ο the
πόλις πολις city
ο the
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge
Αρνων αρνων and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
Μισωρ μισωρ Misōr; Misor
13:16
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be
לָהֶ֜ם lāhˈem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֗וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
מֵ מִן from
עֲרֹועֵ֡ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip
נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֜ון ʔarnˈôn אַרְנֹון Arnon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
נַּ֛חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֖ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מֵידְבָֽא׃ mêḏᵊvˈā מֵידְבָא Medeba
13:16. fuitque terminus eorum ab Aroer quae sita est in ripa torrentis Arnon et in valle eiusdem torrentis media universam planitiem quae ducit Medaba
And their border was from Aroer, which is on the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley of the same torrent: all the plain, that leadeth to Medaba,
13:16. And their border was from Aroer, which is situated on the bank of the torrent Arnon, and in the midst of the valley of the same torrent, with all the flatlands that lead to Medeba;
13:16. And their coast was from Aroer, that [is] on the bank of the river Arnon, and the city that [is] in the midst of the river, and all the plain by Medeba;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:16: Jos 13:9, Jos 12:2; Num 21:28-30, Num 32:33-38; Deu 3:12; Isa 15:1, Isa 15:2, Isa 15:4, Isa 16:7-9; Jer 48:21-24
John Gill
13:16 And their coast was from Aroer that is on the bank of the river Arnon,.... As the country of Sihon is described, Josh 13:9; from whence it appears that it was his country which was given to Reuben, though not all of it:
and the city that is in the midst of the river; See Gill on Josh 13:9,
and all the plain by Medeba; which reached unto Dibon, Josh 13:9.
13:1713:17: մինչեւ ցԴեբոն. եւ զամենայն քաղաքս նոցա որ են ՚ի Միսովր, եւ զԴեբոն, եւ զԲամովթբայա՛ղ. եւ զտունս Բաելմովթայ.
17. եւ Մեդաբան մինչեւ Եսեբոնը. նրանց բոլոր քաղաքները, որ Միսորում են, Դեբոնը, Բամոթբահաղը, Բաելմոթի տունը,
17 Եսեբոնն ու անոր բոլոր դաշտային քաղաքները՝ Դեբոն, Բամօթ–Բահաղ ու Բեթբէէլմօն
եւ Մեդաբայ մինչեւ ցԵսեբոն, եւ զամենայն քաղաքս նոցա որ են ի Միսովր`` եւ զԴեբոն, եւ զԲամովթբահաղ. եւ զտունս Բաաղմովթայ:

13:17: մինչեւ ցԴեբոն. եւ զամենայն քաղաքս նոցա որ են ՚ի Միսովր, եւ զԴեբոն, եւ զԲամովթբայա՛ղ. եւ զտունս Բաելմովթայ.
17. եւ Մեդաբան մինչեւ Եսեբոնը. նրանց բոլոր քաղաքները, որ Միսորում են, Դեբոնը, Բամոթբահաղը, Բաելմոթի տունը,
17 Եսեբոնն ու անոր բոլոր դաշտային քաղաքները՝ Դեբոն, Բամօթ–Բահաղ ու Բեթբէէլմօն
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1717: Есевон и все города его, которые на равнине, и Дивон, Вамоф-Ваали Беф-Ваал-Меон,
13:17 ἕως εως till; until Εσεβων εσεβων and; even πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city τὰς ο the οὔσας ειμι be ἐν εν in τῇ ο the Μισωρ μισωρ and; even Δαιβων δαιβων and; even Βαμωθβααλ βαμωθβααλ and; even οἴκου οικος home; household Βεελμων βεελμων Beelmōn; Veelmon
13:17 חֶשְׁבֹּ֥ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole עָרֶ֖יהָ ʕārˌeʸhā עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּישֹׁ֑ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness דִּיבֹון֙ dîvôn דִּיבֹן Dibon וּ û וְ and בָמֹ֣ות בַּ֔עַל vāmˈôṯ bˈaʕal בָּמֹות בַּעַל Bamoth Baal וּ û וְ and בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֹֽון׃ vˌêṯ bˌaʕal mᵊʕˈôn בֵּית בַּעַל מְעֹון Baal Meon
13:17. et Esebon cunctosque viculos earum qui sunt in campestribus Dibon quoque et Bamothbaal et oppidum BaalmaonAnd Hesebon, and all their villages, which are in the plains. Dibon also, and Bamothbaal, and the town of Baalmaon,
17. Heshbon, and all her cities that are in the plain; Dibon, and Bamoth-baal, and Beth-baal-meon;
13:17. and Heshbon, and all their villages, which are in the plains; also Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and the town of Baalmeon,
13:17. Heshbon, and all her cities that [are] in the plain; Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and Bethbaalmeon,
Heshbon, and all her cities that [are] in the plain; Dibon, and Bamoth- baal, and Beth- baal- meon:

17: Есевон и все города его, которые на равнине, и Дивон, Вамоф-Ваали Беф-Ваал-Меон,
13:17
ἕως εως till; until
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
τὰς ο the
οὔσας ειμι be
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
Μισωρ μισωρ and; even
Δαιβων δαιβων and; even
Βαμωθβααλ βαμωθβααλ and; even
οἴκου οικος home; household
Βεελμων βεελμων Beelmōn; Veelmon
13:17
חֶשְׁבֹּ֥ון ḥešbˌôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
עָרֶ֖יהָ ʕārˌeʸhā עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֑ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness
דִּיבֹון֙ dîvôn דִּיבֹן Dibon
וּ û וְ and
בָמֹ֣ות בַּ֔עַל vāmˈôṯ bˈaʕal בָּמֹות בַּעַל Bamoth Baal
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֹֽון׃ vˌêṯ bˌaʕal mᵊʕˈôn בֵּית בַּעַל מְעֹון Baal Meon
13:17. et Esebon cunctosque viculos earum qui sunt in campestribus Dibon quoque et Bamothbaal et oppidum Baalmaon
And Hesebon, and all their villages, which are in the plains. Dibon also, and Bamothbaal, and the town of Baalmaon,
13:17. and Heshbon, and all their villages, which are in the plains; also Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and the town of Baalmeon,
13:17. Heshbon, and all her cities that [are] in the plain; Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and Bethbaalmeon,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:17: Bamoth-baal - The high places of Baal, probably so called from altars erected on hills for the impure worship of this Canaanitish Priapus.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:17-21
See the marginal references for some of these names. Heshbon, Kedemoth, and Mephaath became eventually Levitical cities.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:17: Dibon: Eusebius says the city was situated in the plain of Arnon.
Bamothbaal: or, the high places of Baal, and the house of Baal-meon, Num 21:19, Num 22:41, Num 32:38
John Gill
13:17 Heshbon, and all her cities that are in the plain,.... Which was by Medeba, and reached to Dibon:
Dibon, and Bamothbaal, and Bethbaalmeon; Dibon was rebuilt by Gad, though it belonged to Reuben, and perhaps was inhabited by both, being on the borders of each; and Bamothbaal signifies the high places of Baal; see Num 22:41; perhaps this is the same with Bamoth in the valley, Num 21:20; and Bethbaalmeon is the same with Baalmeon in Num 32:38; where it is highly probable was a temple of Baal, since both "beth" signifies an house, and "meon" an habitation.
13:1813:18: եւ զՅասա, եւ զԿեդմովթ, եւ զՄեփայաթ.
18. Յասան, Կեդմոթը, Մեփայաթը,
18 Եւ Յասսա ու Կադեմօթ ու Մեփայաթ
եւ զՅասա եւ զԿեդմովթ եւ զՄեփայաթ:

13:18: եւ զՅասա, եւ զԿեդմովթ, եւ զՄեփայաթ.
18. Յասան, Կեդմոթը, Մեփայաթը,
18 Եւ Յասսա ու Կադեմօթ ու Մեփայաթ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1818: Иааца, Кедемоф и Мефааф,
13:18 καὶ και and; even Ιασσα ιασσα and; even Κεδημωθ κεδημωθ and; even Μεφααθ μεφααθ Mephaath; Mefaath
13:18 וְ wᵊ וְ and יַ֥הְצָה yˌahṣā יָהְצָה Jahzah וּ û וְ and קְדֵמֹ֖ת qᵊḏēmˌōṯ קְדֵמֹות Kedemoth וּ û וְ and מֵפָֽעַת׃ mēfˈāʕaṯ מֵיפַעַת Mephaath
13:18. Iessa et Cedmoth et MepheethAnd Jassa, and Cidimoth, and Mephaath,
18. and Jahaz, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath;
13:18. and Jahaz, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath,
13:18. And Jahazah, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath,
And Jahazah, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath:

18: Иааца, Кедемоф и Мефааф,
13:18
καὶ και and; even
Ιασσα ιασσα and; even
Κεδημωθ κεδημωθ and; even
Μεφααθ μεφααθ Mephaath; Mefaath
13:18
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יַ֥הְצָה yˌahṣā יָהְצָה Jahzah
וּ û וְ and
קְדֵמֹ֖ת qᵊḏēmˌōṯ קְדֵמֹות Kedemoth
וּ û וְ and
מֵפָֽעַת׃ mēfˈāʕaṯ מֵיפַעַת Mephaath
13:18. Iessa et Cedmoth et Mepheeth
And Jassa, and Cidimoth, and Mephaath,
13:18. and Jahaz, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath,
13:18. And Jahazah, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18: Место Иаацы (в славянской Библии Иасса согласно с Александр. сп.) не установлено; по Евсевию (под именем Iessa) этот город находился между Медевой и Дивус (Дивоном); некоторые [Tristram, Bible places, 369.] указывают на развалины Мугатель-ель-Гай на южной стороне Ароера, близ Арофа, как на место Иаацы. Кедемоф находился в пустыне, носившей его имя (Втор II:26), по верхнему течению Арнона (Чис XXI:13), «на краю сирско-аравийской пустыни», недалеко от дороги в Мекку [Riehm, 818.]; но с точностью место его не определено. Положение Мефаафа, бывшего левитским городом (XXI:37), а во времена римского владычества (по Евсевию: Mhfaaq) сторожевым пунктом, также неизвестно в настоящее время.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:18: Jahaza - A city near Medeba and Dibon. It was given to the Levites, Ch1 6:78.
Kedemoth - Mentioned Deu 2:26; supposed to have been situated beyond the river Arnon.
Mephaath - Situated on the frontiers of Moab, on the eastern part of the desert. It was given to the Levites, Jos 21:37.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:18: Jahaza: A city near Medeba and Dibon, afterwards given to the Levites. Jos 21:36, Jos 21:37; Num 21:23, Jahaz, Ch1 6:78, Ch1 6:79, Jahzah
Kedemoth: Supposed to have been situated east of the Arnon.
Mephaath: Situated near the desert, east of Moab. In the time of Eusebius, he says the Romans kept a garrison there.
John Gill
13:18 And Jahazah,.... Called Jahaz, Num 21:23, where the battle was fought between Sihon and Israel:
and Kedemoth; near to which was a wilderness, which took its name from it, from whence Moses sent messengers with words of peace to Sihon, Deut 2:26,
and Mephaath; thought to be the Maipha of Ptolemy (f); here Jerom says (g), in his time was a garrison of Roman soldiers, because of the desert that was near. It was a city, with its suburbs, given to the Levites, as were the two preceding, Josh 21:36; Adrichomius (h) takes it to be the same with Malle, which, Josephus says, (i) was called the city of the strangers.
(f) Geograph. l. 6. c. 7. (g) De loc Heb. fol. 93. D. (h) Theatrum Ter. Sanct. p. 179. (i) Antiqu. l. 12. c. 8. sect. 3.
13:1913:19: եւ զԿարիաթեմ, եւ զՍեբամա, եւ զՍարթ, եւ զՍիովր ՚ի լերինն Ենակայ[2274]. [2274] Ոմանք. Եւ զԿարիաթարիմ, եւ զՍեբամ... ՚ի լերին Ենակիմայ։
19. Կարիաթեմը, Սեբաման, Սարեթը եւ Սիորը Ենակ լերան վրայ,
19 Եւ Կարիաթեմ ու Սեբամա եւ Սարեթ–Սահառ Եմակ* լերան վրայ
եւ զԿարիաթեմ եւ զՍեբամա եւ զՍարեթ եւ զՍիովր ի լերինն Ենակայ:

13:19: եւ զԿարիաթեմ, եւ զՍեբամա, եւ զՍարթ, եւ զՍիովր ՚ի լերինն Ենակայ[2274].
[2274] Ոմանք. Եւ զԿարիաթարիմ, եւ զՍեբամ... ՚ի լերին Ենակիմայ։
19. Կարիաթեմը, Սեբաման, Սարեթը եւ Սիորը Ենակ լերան վրայ,
19 Եւ Կարիաթեմ ու Սեբամա եւ Սարեթ–Սահառ Եմակ* լերան վրայ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1919: Кириафаим, Сивма и Цереф-Шахар на горе Емек,
13:19 καὶ και and; even Καριαθαιμ καριαθαιμ and; even Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even Σεραδα σεραδα and; even Σιωρ σιωρ in τῷ ο the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount Εμακ εμακ Emak
13:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and קִרְיָתַ֣יִם qiryāṯˈayim קִרְיָתָיִם Kiriathaim וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׂבְמָ֔ה śivmˈā שִׂבְמָה Sibmah וְ wᵊ וְ and צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר ṣˌereṯ haššˌaḥar צֶרֶת הַשַּׁחַר Zereth Shahar בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain הָ hā הַ the עֵֽמֶק׃ ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley
13:19. Cariathaim et Sebama et Sarathasar in monte convallisAnd Cariathaim, and Sabama, and Sarathasar in the mountain of the valley.
19. and Kiriathaim, and Sibmah, and Zereth-shahar in the mount of the valley;
13:19. and Kiriathaim, and Sibmah, and Zereth-shahar on the mountain of the steep valley;
13:19. And Kirjathaim, and Sibmah, and Zarethshahar in the mount of the valley,
And Kirjathaim, and Sibmah, and Zareth- shahar in the mount of the valley:

19: Кириафаим, Сивма и Цереф-Шахар на горе Емек,
13:19
καὶ και and; even
Καριαθαιμ καριαθαιμ and; even
Σεβαμα σεβαμα and; even
Σεραδα σεραδα and; even
Σιωρ σιωρ in
τῷ ο the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
Εμακ εμακ Emak
13:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קִרְיָתַ֣יִם qiryāṯˈayim קִרְיָתָיִם Kiriathaim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׂבְמָ֔ה śivmˈā שִׂבְמָה Sibmah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר ṣˌereṯ haššˌaḥar צֶרֶת הַשַּׁחַר Zereth Shahar
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
הָ הַ the
עֵֽמֶק׃ ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley
13:19. Cariathaim et Sebama et Sarathasar in monte convallis
And Cariathaim, and Sabama, and Sarathasar in the mountain of the valley.
13:19. and Kiriathaim, and Sibmah, and Zereth-shahar on the mountain of the steep valley;
13:19. And Kirjathaim, and Sibmah, and Zarethshahar in the mount of the valley,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
19: Кириафиам находился, по Евсевию, в 10: римских милях (14: верст) от Медевы, в нынешнем Керейат, как называются развалины, на юг от горы Апарус и вади Зерка. Место Сивмы, находившегося по указанию блаж. Иеронима (в толковании на кн. пророка Исаии XVI:8) в 500: шагах от Есевона [Keil. Iosua, 168.], неизвестно в настоящее время. Цереф-Шахар (в слав. Библии Сарф и Сиор, согласно с Александрийским списком) на горе Емеф славянской Библии Енак, (согласно с Александрийским списком) указывается некоторыми на месте развалин Цара, к востоку от Мертвого моря, на юг от вади Зерка Мален.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:19: Kirjathaim - This city, according to Eusebius, was nine miles distant from Medeba, towards the east. It passed from the Emim to the Moabites, from the Moabites to the Amorites, and from the Amorites to the Israelites, Gen 14:6; Deu 2:20. Calmet supposes the Reubenites possessed it till the time they were carried away by the Assyrians; and then the Moabites appear to have taken possession of it anew, as he collects from Jer 48:1 etc., and Eze 25:9 etc.
Sibmah - A place remarkable for its vines. See Isa 16:8, Isa 16:9, Jer 48:32.
Zareth-shahar, in the mount of the valley - This probably means a town situated on or near to a hill in some flat country.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:19: And Kirjathaim: This city, according to Eusebius, was situated ten miles west of Medeba. Num 32:37, Num 32:38, Sibman, Called Shibmah, Num 32:38, and celebrated for its vines Jer 48:32. Isa 16:8, Isa 16:9; on which last place, Jerome says, there were scarcely 500 paces between it and Heshbon.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:19
Kirjathaim, where Chedorlaomer defeated the Emim, is probably to be found in the ruins of et-Teym, half an hour to the west of Medaba (see at Gen 14:5). Sibmah (Num 32:38), according to Jerome (on Is 16:8), only 500 paces from Heshbon, appears to have hopelessly disappeared. Zereth-hashachar, i.e., splendor aurorae, which is only mentioned here, was situated "upon a mountain of the valley." According to Josh 13:27, the valley was the Jordan valley, or rather (according to Gen 14:3, Gen 14:8) the vale of Siddim, a valley running down on the eastern side of the Dead Sea. Seetzen conjectures that the town referred to is the present ruin of Sar, on the south of Zerka Maein. - Beth-peor, opposite to Jericho, six Roman miles higher than (to the east of) Libias: see at Num 23:28. The "slopes of Pisgah" (Josh 12:3; Deut 3:17): to the south of the former, on the north-eastern shore of the Dead Sea (see at Num 27:12). Beth-jeshimoth (Josh 12:3), in the Ghor el Seisabn, on the north-east side of the Dead Sea (see at Num 22:1). In Josh 13:21, the places which Reuben received in addition to those mentioned by name are all summed up in the words, "and all the (other) towns of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon," sc., so far as it extended over the plain. These limitations of the words are implied in the context: the first in the fact that towns in the plain are mentioned in Josh 13:17; the second in the fact that, according to Josh 13:27, "the rest of the kingdom of Sihon," i.e., the northern portion of it, was given to the Gadites. The allusion to Sihon induced the author to mention his defeat again; see at Num 31, where the five Midianitish vassals who were slain with Sihon are noticed in Num 31:8, and the death of Balaam is also mentioned. "Dukes of Sihon," properly vassals of Sihon; נסיכים does not signify anointed, however, but means literally poured out, i.e., cast, moulded, enfeoffed. The word points to the "creation of a prince by the communication or pouring in of power" (Gusset, s. v.).
John Gill
13:19 And Kirjathaim,.... Of which See Gill on Num 32:37,
and Sibmah; of which See Gill on Num 32:3 and See Gill on Num 32:38,
and Zarethshahar, in the mount of the valley; which was built on one of the mountains that looked over the valley of Moab, as did Nebo, Pisgah, Abarim; perhaps it is the same place Josephus (k) calls Zara, to which he joins the valley of the Cilicians, and mentions it along with Heshbon, Medeba, and other cities of Moab; according to Adrichomius (l), it was in the mount of the valley of Bethpeor, which next follows.
(k) Antiqu. l. 13. c. 15. sect. 4. (l) Ut supra, (Theatrum Ter. Sanct.) p. 130.
John Wesley
13:19 In the mount of the valley - In the mountain bordering upon that valley, which then was famous among the Israelites; whether that where Moses was buried, which was near to Beth - peor, Deut 34:1, Deut 34:6, or some other. And this clause is thought to belong to all the cities now mentioned.
13:2013:20: եւ զԲեթփագովր. եւ զԱսեդովթփասգայ, եւ զԲեթսիմովթ, եւ զամենայն քաղաքս Միսովրայ։
20. Բեթփագորը, Ասեդոթփասգան, Բեթսիմոթը եւ Միսորի բոլոր քաղաքները,
20 Ու Բեթփեգովր եւ Ասեդովթ–Փասգա ու Բեթեսիմօթ
եւ զԲեթփագովր եւ զԱսեդովթփասգա եւ զԲեթսիմովթ:

13:20: եւ զԲեթփագովր. եւ զԱսեդովթփասգայ, եւ զԲեթսիմովթ, եւ զամենայն քաղաքս Միսովրայ։
20. Բեթփագորը, Ասեդոթփասգան, Բեթսիմոթը եւ Միսորի բոլոր քաղաքները,
20 Ու Բեթփեգովր եւ Ասեդովթ–Փասգա ու Բեթեսիմօթ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2020: Беф-Фегор и места при подошве Фасги и Беф-Иешимоф,
13:20 καὶ και and; even Βαιθφογωρ βαιθφογωρ and; even Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ and; even Βαιθασιμωθ βαιθασιμωθ Baithasimōth; Vethasimoth
13:20 וּ û וְ and בֵ֥ית פְּעֹ֛ור vˌêṯ pᵊʕˈôr בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor וְ wᵊ וְ and אַשְׁדֹּ֥ות ʔašdˌôṯ אָשֵׁד slope הַ ha הַ the פִּסְגָּ֖ה ppisgˌā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah וּ û וְ and בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֹֽות׃ vˌêṯ hayšimˈôṯ בֵּית הַיְשִׁמֹות Beth Jeshimoth
13:20. Bethpheor et Asedothphasga et BethaisimothBethphogor and Asedoth, Phasga and Bethiesimoth,
20. and Beth-peor, and the slopes of Pisgah, and Beth-jeshimoth;
13:20. Bethpeor, and the descending slopes of Pisgah, and Beth-jeshimoth;
13:20. And Bethpeor, and Ashdothpisgah, and Bethjeshimoth,
And Beth- peor, and Ashdoth- pisgah, and Beth- jeshimoth:

20: Беф-Фегор и места при подошве Фасги и Беф-Иешимоф,
13:20
καὶ και and; even
Βαιθφογωρ βαιθφογωρ and; even
Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ and; even
Βαιθασιμωθ βαιθασιμωθ Baithasimōth; Vethasimoth
13:20
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֥ית פְּעֹ֛ור vˌêṯ pᵊʕˈôr בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַשְׁדֹּ֥ות ʔašdˌôṯ אָשֵׁד slope
הַ ha הַ the
פִּסְגָּ֖ה ppisgˌā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֹֽות׃ vˌêṯ hayšimˈôṯ בֵּית הַיְשִׁמֹות Beth Jeshimoth
13:20. Bethpheor et Asedothphasga et Bethaisimoth
Bethphogor and Asedoth, Phasga and Bethiesimoth,
13:20. Bethpeor, and the descending slopes of Pisgah, and Beth-jeshimoth;
13:20. And Bethpeor, and Ashdothpisgah, and Bethjeshimoth,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20: Беф-Фегор находился у горы Фегор (по-еврейски Пеор), составляющей северную вершину Аваримского хребта, вблизи Моавитской равнины, по Евсевию (Beqfogor) «в 7: римских милях вверх» (на восток) «от Ливиады» (Веф-Гарама — ст. 27). О местах при подошве Фасли и Беф-Иешимофе см. в толковании к XII:3.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:20: Beth-peor - The house or temple of Peor, situated at the foot of the mountain of the same name. See Num 25:3.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:20: Bethpeor: Num 25:3; Deu 4:46
Ashdothpisgah: or, springs of Pisgah, or, the hill, Jos 12:3; Deu 3:17
Bethjeshimoth: Num 33:49; Eze 25:9
John Gill
13:20 And Bethpeor,.... So called from Peor, the idol of the Moabites, and where very likely there had been a temple built to the honour of it; over against this place was a valley, where Israel abode some time, Deut 3:29,
and Ashdodpisgah; of which see Deut 3:17,
and Bethjeshimoth; of which see Num 33:49.
13:2113:21: Եւ զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց, որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն. զոր եհար Մովսէս, զնա՛ եւ զիշխանս Մադիամու, զԵւի, եւ զՐոկոմ, եւ զՍուր, եւ զՈւր, եւ զՌովբէ. եւ զիշխանս Պարասիոնացն զբնակեալս յերկրին[2275]։ [2275] Ոմանք. Պարսիոնացն. բնակեալս յերկ՛՛. եւ ոմանք՝ Պարիսոնացւոց զբնա՛՛։
21. ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնն ամորհացիների Սեհոն թագաւորի, որ թագաւորում էր Եսեբոնում: Սրան, ինչպէս նաեւ Մադիամի իշխաններին՝ Եւիին, Րոկոմին, Սուրին, Ուրին, Ռոբէին եւ այդ երկրում բնակուող Սեհոնի մերձակայքի իշխաններին, ջարդեց Մովսէսը:
21 Եւ դաշտին բոլոր քաղաքները ու Եսեբոնի մէջ թագաւորող՝ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, որ Մադիամի իշխանները, Եւին, Րոկոմը, Սուրը, Ուրը ու Ռօբէն, այն երկրին մէջ բնակող Սեհոնի նախարարները, Մովսէս զարկաւ։
եւ զամենայն քաղաքս [226]Միսովրայ, եւ զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց, որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն, զոր եհար Մովսէս` զնա եւ զիշխանս Մադիամու, զԵւի եւ զՐոկոմ եւ զՍուր եւ զՈւր եւ զՌովբէ, [227]եւ զիշխանս Պարասիոնացն`` զբնակեալս յերկրին:

13:21: Եւ զամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց, որ թագաւորեաց յԵսեբոն. զոր եհար Մովսէս, զնա՛ եւ զիշխանս Մադիամու, զԵւի, եւ զՐոկոմ, եւ զՍուր, եւ զՈւր, եւ զՌովբէ. եւ զիշխանս Պարասիոնացն զբնակեալս յերկրին[2275]։
[2275] Ոմանք. Պարսիոնացն. բնակեալս յերկ՛՛. եւ ոմանք՝ Պարիսոնացւոց զբնա՛՛։
21. ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնն ամորհացիների Սեհոն թագաւորի, որ թագաւորում էր Եսեբոնում: Սրան, ինչպէս նաեւ Մադիամի իշխաններին՝ Եւիին, Րոկոմին, Սուրին, Ուրին, Ռոբէին եւ այդ երկրում բնակուող Սեհոնի մերձակայքի իշխաններին, ջարդեց Մովսէսը:
21 Եւ դաշտին բոլոր քաղաքները ու Եսեբոնի մէջ թագաւորող՝ Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, որ Մադիամի իշխանները, Եւին, Րոկոմը, Սուրը, Ուրը ու Ռօբէն, այն երկրին մէջ բնակող Սեհոնի նախարարները, Մովսէս զարկաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2121: и все города на равнине, и все царство Сигона, царя Аморрейского, который царствовал в Есевоне, которого убил Моисей, равно как и вождей Мадиамских: Евия, и Рекема, и Цура, и Хура, и Реву, князей Сигоновых, живших в земле [той];
13:21 καὶ και and; even πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city τοῦ ο the Μισωρ μισωρ and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom τοῦ ο the Σηων σηων monarch; king τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the ἡγουμένους ηγεομαι lead; consider Μαδιαμ μαδιαν Madian; Mathian καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the Ευι ευι and; even τὸν ο the Ροκομ ροκομ and; even τὸν ο the Σουρ σουρ and; even τὸν ο the Ουρ ουρ and; even τὸν ο the Ροβε ροβε ruling; ruler παρὰ παρα from; by Σηων σηων and; even τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land
13:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the מִּישֹׁ֔ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness וְ wᵊ וְ and כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole מַמְלְכ֗וּת mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִכָּ֨ה hikkˌā נכה strike מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֹתֹ֣ו׀ ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נְשִׂיאֵ֣י nᵊśîʔˈê נָשִׂיא chief מִדְיָ֗ן miḏyˈān מִדְיָן Midian אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֱוִ֤י ʔᵉwˈî אֱוִי Evi וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רֶ֨קֶם֙ rˈeqem רֶקֶם Rekem וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] צ֤וּר ṣˈûr צוּר Zur וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חוּר֙ ḥûr חוּר Hur וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רֶ֔בַע rˈevaʕ רֶבַע Reba נְסִיכֵ֣י nᵊsîḵˈê נָסִיךְ leader סִיחֹ֔ון sîḥˈôn סִיחֹון Sihon יֹשְׁבֵ֖י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
13:21. omnes urbes campestres universaque regna Seon regis Amorrei qui regnavit in Esebon quem percussit Moses cum principibus Madian Eveum et Recem et Sur et Ur et Rabee duces Seon habitatores terraeAnd all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdoms of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that reigned in Hesebon, whom Moses slew with the princes of Madian: Hevi, and Recem, and Sur and Hur, and Rebe, dukes of Sehon inhabitants of the land.
21. and all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, whom Moses smote with the chiefs of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, the princes of Sihon, that dwelt in the land.
13:21. and all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdoms of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who reigned at Heshbon, whom Moses struck down with the leaders of Midian: Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, the commanders of Sihon, inhabitants of the land.
13:21. And all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, whom Moses smote with the princes of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, [which were] dukes of Sihon, dwelling in the country.
And all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, whom Moses smote with the princes of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, [which were] dukes of Sihon, dwelling in the country:

21: и все города на равнине, и все царство Сигона, царя Аморрейского, который царствовал в Есевоне, которого убил Моисей, равно как и вождей Мадиамских: Евия, и Рекема, и Цура, и Хура, и Реву, князей Сигоновых, живших в земле [той];
13:21
καὶ και and; even
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
τοῦ ο the
Μισωρ μισωρ and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
τοῦ ο the
Σηων σηων monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
ἡγουμένους ηγεομαι lead; consider
Μαδιαμ μαδιαν Madian; Mathian
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
Ευι ευι and; even
τὸν ο the
Ροκομ ροκομ and; even
τὸν ο the
Σουρ σουρ and; even
τὸν ο the
Ουρ ουρ and; even
τὸν ο the
Ροβε ροβε ruling; ruler
παρὰ παρα from; by
Σηων σηων and; even
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
13:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֔ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָֽל־ ḵˈol- כֹּל whole
מַמְלְכ֗וּת mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom
סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִכָּ֨ה hikkˌā נכה strike
מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֹתֹ֣ו׀ ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נְשִׂיאֵ֣י nᵊśîʔˈê נָשִׂיא chief
מִדְיָ֗ן miḏyˈān מִדְיָן Midian
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֱוִ֤י ʔᵉwˈî אֱוִי Evi
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רֶ֨קֶם֙ rˈeqem רֶקֶם Rekem
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
צ֤וּר ṣˈûr צוּר Zur
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חוּר֙ ḥûr חוּר Hur
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רֶ֔בַע rˈevaʕ רֶבַע Reba
נְסִיכֵ֣י nᵊsîḵˈê נָסִיךְ leader
סִיחֹ֔ון sîḥˈôn סִיחֹון Sihon
יֹשְׁבֵ֖י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
13:21. omnes urbes campestres universaque regna Seon regis Amorrei qui regnavit in Esebon quem percussit Moses cum principibus Madian Eveum et Recem et Sur et Ur et Rabee duces Seon habitatores terrae
And all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdoms of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that reigned in Hesebon, whom Moses slew with the princes of Madian: Hevi, and Recem, and Sur and Hur, and Rebe, dukes of Sehon inhabitants of the land.
13:21. and all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdoms of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who reigned at Heshbon, whom Moses struck down with the leaders of Midian: Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, the commanders of Sihon, inhabitants of the land.
13:21. And all the cities of the plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, whom Moses smote with the princes of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, [which were] dukes of Sihon, dwelling in the country.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21: О князьях Мадиамских, живших в царстве Силона, упоминается в Чис XXXI:8.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:21: The princes of Midian - See the history of this war, Num 31:1, etc.; and from that place this and the following verse seem to be borrowed, for the introduction of the death of Balaam here seems quite irrelevant.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:21
Dukes of Sihon - Rather "vassals of Sihon," probably those "dedicated" or "appointed" with a libation.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:21: And all the: Deu 3:10
whom Moses: Num 21:24-35; Deu 2:30-36
with the: Num 31:8
John Gill
13:21 And all the cities of the plain,.... In the champaign country, as well as those in the mountainous part:
and all the kingdom of Sihon; or, as Masius renders the words, "which all had been the kingdom of Sihon"; for the whole kingdom of Sihon was not given to Reuben, only a part of it, and the rest to Gad, as in Josh 13:27,
king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon; as in Josh 13:10,
whom Moses smote with the princes of Midian, Evi, and Rekem, and Zur,
and Hur, and Reba; not at the same time that Sihon was smitten by him, but afterwards in a war with Midian, Num 31:8; where their names are given as here; and there they are called kings of Midian, petty kings, and, as it seems by what follows, were subject to Sihon, and therefore are here mentioned:
which were dukes of Sihon dwelling in the country; for Midian, as Kimchi supposes, and not without reason, was under the government of Sihon, and these were his nobles, though they dwelt in the land of Midian.
John Wesley
13:21 Cities of the plain - Opposed to the cities of the mountain of the valley. All the kingdom of Sihon - A great part of it; in which sense we read of all Judea, and all the region round about Jordan, Mt 3:5, and all Galilee, Mt 4:23. Whom Moses smote - Not in the same time or battle, as appears by comparing Num 21:23-24, with Num 31:8, but in the same manner. And they are here mentioned, partly because they were slain not long after, and upon the same occasion, even their enmity against Israel; and partly because of their relation and subjection to Sihon. Dukes of Sihon - But how could they be so, when they were kings of Midian? Num 31:8. There were divers petty kings in those parts, who were subject to greater kings; and such these were, but are here called dukes or princes of Sihon, because they were subject and tributaries to him, and therefore did one way or other assist Sihon in this war, though they were not killed at this time. It is probable, that when Sihon destroyed those Moabites which dwelt in these parts, he frighted the rest of them, and with them their neighbours and confederates, the Midianites, into some kind of homage, which they were willing to pay him. Dwelling in the country - Heb. inhabiting that land, namely Midian, last mentioned; whereby he signifies, that tho' they were subject to Sihon, yet they did not dwell in his land, but in another.
13:2213:22: Եւ զԲաղաամ Բէովրեան զհարցուկն, կոտորեցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի սրով ՚ի միո՛ւմ վայրկենի։
22. Նաեւ Բէորեան Բաղաամ վհուկին մի վայրկեանում սրով սպանեցին իսրայէլացիները:
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Բէովրեան Բաղաամ հարցուկն ալ սրով մեռցուցին միւս սպաննուածներուն հետ։
Եւ զԲաղաամ Բէովրեան զհարցուկն կոտորեցին որդիքն Իսրայելի սրով [228]ի միում վայրկենի:

13:22: Եւ զԲաղաամ Բէովրեան զհարցուկն, կոտորեցին որդիքն Իսրայէլի սրով ՚ի միո՛ւմ վայրկենի։
22. Նաեւ Բէորեան Բաղաամ վհուկին մի վայրկեանում սրով սպանեցին իսրայէլացիները:
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Բէովրեան Բաղաամ հարցուկն ալ սրով մեռցուցին միւս սպաննուածներուն հետ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2222: также Валаама, сына Веорова, прорицателя, убили сыны Израилевы мечом в числе убитых ими.
13:22 καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the Βαλααμ βαλααμ Balaam; Valaam τὸν ο the τοῦ ο the Βεωρ βεωρ the μάντιν μαντις kill ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ῥοπῇ ροπη inclination downwards; sinking of the scale
13:22 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בִּלְעָ֥ם bilʕˌām בִּלְעָם [prophet] בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son בְּעֹ֖ור bᵊʕˌôr בְּעֹור Beor הַ ha הַ the קֹּוסֵ֑ם qqôsˈēm קסם practice divination הָרְג֧וּ hārᵊḡˈû הרג kill בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to חַלְלֵיהֶֽם׃ ḥallêhˈem חָלָל pierced
13:22. et Balaam filium Beor ariolum occiderunt filii Israhel gladio cum ceteris interfectisBalaam also the son of Beor the soothsayer, the children of Israel slew with the sword among the rest that were slain.
22. Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among the rest of their slain.
13:22. And the sons of Israel killed Balaam, the son of Beor, the seer, with the sword, along with the others who were slain.
13:22. Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among them that were slain by them.
Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among them that were slain by them:

22: также Валаама, сына Веорова, прорицателя, убили сыны Израилевы мечом в числе убитых ими.
13:22
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
Βαλααμ βαλααμ Balaam; Valaam
τὸν ο the
τοῦ ο the
Βεωρ βεωρ the
μάντιν μαντις kill
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ῥοπῇ ροπη inclination downwards; sinking of the scale
13:22
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בִּלְעָ֥ם bilʕˌām בִּלְעָם [prophet]
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
בְּעֹ֖ור bᵊʕˌôr בְּעֹור Beor
הַ ha הַ the
קֹּוסֵ֑ם qqôsˈēm קסם practice divination
הָרְג֧וּ hārᵊḡˈû הרג kill
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
חַלְלֵיהֶֽם׃ ḥallêhˈem חָלָל pierced
13:22. et Balaam filium Beor ariolum occiderunt filii Israhel gladio cum ceteris interfectis
Balaam also the son of Beor the soothsayer, the children of Israel slew with the sword among the rest that were slain.
13:22. And the sons of Israel killed Balaam, the son of Beor, the seer, with the sword, along with the others who were slain.
13:22. Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among them that were slain by them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:22: Balaam: Num 22:5-7, Num 24:1, Num 31:8; Pe2 2:15; Jde 1:11; Rev 2:14, Rev 19:20
soothsayer: or, diviner
Geneva 1599
13:22 (f) Balaam also the son of Beor, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword among them that were slain by them.
(f) So that both they who obeyed wicked counsel and the wicked counsellor perished by the just judgment of God.
John Gill
13:22 Balaam also, the son of Beor the soothsayer, did the children of Israel slay with the sword,.... At the same time that the princes of Midian were slain, and which is also observed; see Gill on Num 31:8. Kimchi supposes that he returned to Midian, on hearing that the counsel he gave to them, to ensnare Israel with their daughters, had taken effect, in order to receive his wages, and so received his righteous doom and just reward; it is commonly said by the Jews (m), that he was slain by Phinehas:
among them that were slain by them; among the above princes, and the common soldiers, of which there was a great slaughter; even all the males of Midian were slain, Num 31:7.
(m) T. Bab. Sanhedrin, fol. 106. 2. Kimchi in loc.
John Wesley
13:22 Were slain by them - This was recorded before, Num 31:8, and is here repeated, because the defeating of Balaam's purpose to curse Israel, and the turning that curse into a blessing, was such an instance of the power and goodness of God, as was fit to be had in everlasting remembrance.
13:2313:23: Եւ եղեն սահմանքն Ռուբինի Յորդանան սահման։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Ռուբինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց, քաղաքք եւ աւանք նոցա։
23. Ռուբէնի սահմանը եղաւ Յորդանան գետը: Այս է Ռուբէնի որդիների ժառանգութիւնն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի, սրանք են նրանց քաղաքներն ու աւանները:
23 Ռուբէնին որդիներուն սահմանը Յորդանանը եղաւ որպէս սահմանագլուխ։ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ազգատոհմերուն ժառանգութիւնը ասիկա է, այս քաղաքներն ու ասոնց գիւղերը։
Եւ եղեն սահմանքն [229]Ռուբենի, Յորդանան սահման``: Այս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Ռուբենի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց, քաղաքք եւ աւանք նոցա:

13:23: Եւ եղեն սահմանքն Ռուբինի Յորդանան սահման։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Ռուբինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց, քաղաքք եւ աւանք նոցա։
23. Ռուբէնի սահմանը եղաւ Յորդանան գետը: Այս է Ռուբէնի որդիների ժառանգութիւնն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի, սրանք են նրանց քաղաքներն ու աւանները:
23 Ռուբէնին որդիներուն սահմանը Յորդանանը եղաւ որպէս սահմանագլուխ։ Ռուբէնին որդիներուն ազգատոհմերուն ժառանգութիւնը ասիկա է, այս քաղաքներն ու ասոնց գիւղերը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2323: Пределом сынов Рувимовых был Иордан. Вот удел сынов Рувимовых по племенам их, города и села их.
13:23 ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become δὲ δε though; while τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ὅριον οριον frontier αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance υἱῶν υιος son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:23 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be גְּבוּל֙ gᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וּ û וְ and גְב֑וּל ḡᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary זֹ֣את zˈōṯ זֹאת this נַחֲלַ֤ת naḥᵃlˈaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son רְאוּבֵן֙ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town וְ wᵊ וְ and חַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃ פ ḥaṣrêhˈen . f חָצֵר court
13:23. factusque est terminus filiorum Ruben Iordanis fluvius haec est possessio Rubenitarum per cognationes suas urbium et viculorumAnd the river Jordan was the border of the children of Ruben. This is the possession of the Rubenites, by their kindreds, of cities and villages.
23. And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border . This was the inheritance of the children of Reuben according to their families, the cities and the villages thereof.
13:23. And the river Jordan was made the border of the sons of Reuben; this is the possession of the Reubenites, by their families, in cities and villages.
13:23. And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border [thereof]. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Reuben after their families, the cities and the villages thereof.
And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border [thereof]. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Reuben after their families, the cities and the villages thereof:

23: Пределом сынов Рувимовых был Иордан. Вот удел сынов Рувимовых по племенам их, города и села их.
13:23
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
δὲ δε though; while
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ὅριον οριον frontier
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
υἱῶν υιος son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:23
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be
גְּבוּל֙ gᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵ֔ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וּ û וְ and
גְב֑וּל ḡᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
זֹ֣את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
נַחֲלַ֤ת naḥᵃlˈaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵן֙ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃ פ ḥaṣrêhˈen . f חָצֵר court
13:23. factusque est terminus filiorum Ruben Iordanis fluvius haec est possessio Rubenitarum per cognationes suas urbium et viculorum
And the river Jordan was the border of the children of Ruben. This is the possession of the Rubenites, by their kindreds, of cities and villages.
13:23. And the river Jordan was made the border of the sons of Reuben; this is the possession of the Reubenites, by their families, in cities and villages.
13:23. And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border [thereof]. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Reuben after their families, the cities and the villages thereof.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:23: The cities and the villages - By villages, חצרים chatserim, it is likely that moveable villages or tents are meant, such as are in use among the Bedouin Arabs; places where they were accustomed to feed and pen their cattle.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:23
Jordan ... - i. e. the Jordan and its territory (compare similar expressions in Num 34:6; Deu 3:16). The portion of the tribe of Reuben at its northern extremity touched the Jordan; the main part of his inheritance lay on the east of the Dead Sea.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:23
"And (this) was the boundary of the sons of Reuben, the Jordan and its territory," i.e., the Jordan, or rather land adjoining it. The meaning is, that the territory of Reuben, viz., with the places mentioned last (Josh 13:20), reached to the territory of the Jordan; for so far as the principal part was concerned, it was on the east of the Dead Sea, as it only reached from the Arnon to Heshbon, i.e., up to the latitude of the northern extremity of the Dead Sea. "The towns and their villages." חצר, farm premises, used, as in Lev 25:31, to denote places not enclosed by a wall.
John Gill
13:23 And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border thereof,.... As their border eastward was Aroer on the river Arnon, so their border westward was the river Jordan:
this was the inheritance of the children of Reuben, after their families, the cities and the villages thereof; which Moses gave them on the other side Jordan; and next follow an account of the inheritance of the tribe of Gad in those parts.
John Wesley
13:23 The border thereof - That is, those cities or places which bordered upon Jordan.
13:2413:24: Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց.
24. Մովսէսը բաժին տուեց նաեւ Գադի որդիներին ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
24 Մովսէս Գադի ցեղին, Գադին որդիներուն, իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ։
Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց:

13:24: Եւ ետ Մովսէս որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց.
24. Մովսէսը բաժին տուեց նաեւ Գադի որդիներին ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
24 Մովսէս Գադի ցեղին, Գադին որդիներուն, իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2424: Моисей дал также [удел] колену Гадову, сынам Гадовым, по племенам их:
13:24 ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit δὲ δε though; while Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:24 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּה־ maṭṭē- מַטֶּה staff גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:24. deditque Moses tribui Gad et filiis eius per cognationes suas possessionem cuius haec divisio estAnd Moses gave to the tribe of Gad and to his children by their kindreds a possession, of which this is the division.
24. And Moses gave unto the tribe of Gad, unto the children of Gad, according to their families.
13:24. And Moses gave to the tribe of Gad and his sons, by their families, a possession, of which this is the division:
13:24. And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the tribe of Gad, [even] unto the children of Gad according to their families.
And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the tribe of Gad, [even] unto the children of Gad according to their families:

24: Моисей дал также [удел] колену Гадову, сынам Гадовым, по племенам их:
13:24
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
δὲ δε though; while
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:24
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֤ן yyittˈēn נתן give
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּה־ maṭṭē- מַטֶּה staff
גָ֔ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:24. deditque Moses tribui Gad et filiis eius per cognationes suas possessionem cuius haec divisio est
And Moses gave to the tribe of Gad and to his children by their kindreds a possession, of which this is the division.
13:24. And Moses gave to the tribe of Gad and his sons, by their families, a possession, of which this is the division:
13:24. And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the tribe of Gad, [even] unto the children of Gad according to their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24-25: Удел Гадова колена лежал вообще к северу от Рувимова. Названный на первом месте Иазер указывается в месте развалин, носящем названия Сир и Хирбет Cap, к западу от Филадельфии (см. ст. 25-й), в 10: римских милях от которого указан Иазер у Евсевия. Все города Галаадские, т. е. города южной половины Галаада, на юг от реки Иавока (Втор III:16). И половина земли сынов Аммоновых до Ароера, что пред Раввою: разумеется та часть Аммонитской земли, которой владел Сигон и которая после его поражения перешла к израильтянам; той земли аммонитян, которой они владели в то время, запрещено было израильтянам касаться (Втор II:19). Названный здесь Ароер был отличен от соименного ему города у р. Арнона (ст. 16), но положение его не определено; предположительно он указывается к западу от Раввы, бывшей столицы Аммонитян, носившей название Филадельфии и представляющей в настоящее время обширные развалины, называемые Амман, на южном притоке (Нар Амман) верхнего Иавока.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:24: Num 32:34-36
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:24
Inheritance of the tribe of Gad. - This tribe received Jazer (probably es Szyr: see at Num 21:32) and "all the towns of Gilead," i.e., of the southern half of Gilead, which belonged to the kingdom of Sihon; for the northern half, which belonged to the kingdom of Og, was given to the Manassites (Josh 13:31), "and the half of the land of the sons of Ammon, to Aror before Rabbah," i.e., that portion of the land of the Ammonites between the Arnon and the Jabbok, which the Amorites under Sihon had taken from the Ammonites, namely, the land on the east of Gilead, on the western side of the upper Jabbok (Nahr Ammn: Deut 2:37; Deut 3:16; cf. Judg 11:13); for the land of the Ammonites, i.e., the land which they still held in the time of Moses, on the eastern side of Nahr Ammn, the Israelites were not allowed to attack (Deut 2:19). Aror before Rabbah, i.e., Ammn (see Deut 3:11), is Aror of Gad, and must be distinguished from Aror of Reuben on the Arnon (Josh 13:16). It is only mentioned again in Judg 11:33 and 2Kings 24:5, and was situated, according to 2 Sam., in the valley of Gad, that is to say, in a wady or valley through which Gesenius supposes an arm of the Jabbok to have flowed, and Thenius the Jabbok itself, though neither of them has sufficient ground for his conjecture. It is also not to be identified with the ruin of Ayra to the south-west of Szalt, as this is not in a wady at all; but in all probability it is to be sought for to the north-east of Rabbah, in the Wady Nahr Ammn, on the side of the Kalat Zerka Gadda, the situation of which suits this verse and Judg 11:33. - In Josh 13:26 the extent of the territory of Gad is first of all described from north to south: viz., from Heshbon (see Josh 13:17) to Ramath-mizpeh, or Ramoth in Gilead (Josh 20:8), probably on the site of the present Szalt (see at Deut 4:43), "and Betonim," probably the ruin of Batneh, on the mountains which bound the Ghor towards the east between the Wady Shaib and Wady Ajlun, in the same latitude as Szalt (V. de Velde, Mem. p. 298); and then, secondly, the northern boundary is described from west to east, "from Mahanaim to the territory of Lidbir." Mahanaim (double-camp: Gen 32:2), which was given up by Gad to the Levites (Josh 21:30), in which Ishbosheth was proclaimed king (2Kings 2:8-9), and to which David fled from Absalom (2Kings 17:24, 2Kings 17:27; 3Kings 2:8), is not to be sought for, as Knobel supposes, in the ruins of Meysera, to the south of Jabbok, four hours and a half from Szalt, but was on the north of the Jabbok, since Jacob did not cross the ford of the Jabbok till after the angel had appeared to him at Mahanaim (Gen 32:3, Gen 32:23). It was in or by the valley of the Jordan (according to 2Kings 18:23-24), and has probably been preserved in the ruins of Mahneh, the situation of which, however, has not yet been determined (see at Gen 32:3). Lidbir is quite unknown; the lamed, however, is not to be taken as a prefix, but forms part of the word. J. D. Michaelis and Knobel suppose it to be the same as Lo-debar in 2Kings 9:4-5; 2Kings 17:27, a place from which provisions were brought to David at Mahanaim on his flight from Absalom, and which is to be sought for on the east of Mahanaim.
John Gill
13:24 And Moses gave inheritance unto the tribe of Gad,.... On the other side Jordan, as he did to Reuben:
even unto the children of Gad, according to their families: according to the number and largeness of them, dividing to each their part and portion.
13:2513:25: եւ եղեն նոցա սահմանք Յազերայ, եւ ամենայն քաղաքք Գաղաադու. եւ կէս երկրի որդւոցն Ամովնայ մինչեւ ցԱրոէր որ է յանդիման Արաբայ[2276]. [2276] Օրինակ մի. Մինչեւ Արուր, որ է յանդիման Ռաբբայ։
25. Նրանց սահմանները եղան Յազերը, Գաղաադի բոլոր քաղաքները, ամոնացիների երկրի կէսը մինչեւ Արոյեր, որը Արաբայի դիմացն է,
25 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Յազեր ու բոլոր Գաղաադի քաղաքները եւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկրին կէսը մինչեւ Արոէր, որ Ռաբբայի դէմն էր։
Եւ եղեն նոցա սահմանք Յազերայ, եւ ամենայն քաղաքք Գաղաադու. եւ կէս երկրի որդւոցն Ամովնայ մինչեւ ցԱրոյէր որ է յանդիման Ռաբաբայ:

13:25: եւ եղեն նոցա սահմանք Յազերայ, եւ ամենայն քաղաքք Գաղաադու. եւ կէս երկրի որդւոցն Ամովնայ մինչեւ ցԱրոէր որ է յանդիման Արաբայ[2276].
[2276] Օրինակ մի. Մինչեւ Արուր, որ է յանդիման Ռաբբայ։
25. Նրանց սահմանները եղան Յազերը, Գաղաադի բոլոր քաղաքները, ամոնացիների երկրի կէսը մինչեւ Արոյեր, որը Արաբայի դիմացն է,
25 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Յազեր ու բոլոր Գաղաադի քաղաքները եւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկրին կէսը մինչեւ Արոէր, որ Ռաբբայի դէմն էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2525: пределом их был Иазер и все города Галаадские, и половина земли сынов Аммоновых до Ароера, что пред Раввою,
13:25 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier αὐτῶν αυτος he; him Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ all; every αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even τὸ ο the ἥμισυ ημισυς half γῆς γη earth; land υἱῶν υιος son Αμμων αμμων till; until Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be κατὰ κατα down; by πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of Ραββα ραββα Rabba; Rhavva
13:25 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֤י yᵊhˈî היה be לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to הַ ha הַ the גְּב֔וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary יַעְזֵר֙ yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וַ wa וְ and חֲצִ֕י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half אֶ֖רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son עַמֹּ֑ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עֲרֹועֵ֕ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face רַבָּֽה׃ rabbˈā רַבָּה Rabbah
13:25. terminus Iazer et omnes civitates Galaad dimidiamque partem terrae filiorum Ammon usque ad Aroer quae est contra RabbaThe border of Jaser, and all the cities of Galaad, and half the land of the children of Ammon: as far as Aroer which is over against Rabba:
25. And their border was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that is before Rabbah;
13:25. the border of Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and one half part of the land of the sons of Ammon, as far as Aroer, which is opposite Rabbah;
13:25. And their coast was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that [is] before Rabbah;
And their coast was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that [is] before Rabbah:

25: пределом их был Иазер и все города Галаадские, и половина земли сынов Аммоновых до Ароера, что пред Раввою,
13:25
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
Ιαζηρ ιαζηρ all; every
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
τὸ ο the
ἥμισυ ημισυς half
γῆς γη earth; land
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμων αμμων till; until
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
κατὰ κατα down; by
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
Ραββα ραββα Rabba; Rhavva
13:25
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֤י yᵊhˈî היה be
לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֔וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
יַעְזֵר֙ yaʕzˌēr יַעְזֵר Jazer
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וַ wa וְ and
חֲצִ֕י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half
אֶ֖רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עַמֹּ֑ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עֲרֹועֵ֕ר ʕᵃrôʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
רַבָּֽה׃ rabbˈā רַבָּה Rabbah
13:25. terminus Iazer et omnes civitates Galaad dimidiamque partem terrae filiorum Ammon usque ad Aroer quae est contra Rabba
The border of Jaser, and all the cities of Galaad, and half the land of the children of Ammon: as far as Aroer which is over against Rabba:
13:25. the border of Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and one half part of the land of the sons of Ammon, as far as Aroer, which is opposite Rabbah;
13:25. And their coast was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that [is] before Rabbah;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:25: Half the land on the children of Ammon - This probably was land which had been taken from the Ammonites by Sihon, king of the Amorites, and which the Israelites possessed by right of conquest. For although the Israelites were forbidden to take the land of the Ammonites, Deu 2:37, yet this part, as having been united to the territories of Sihon, they might possess when they defeated that king and subdued his kingdom.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:25
All the cities of Gilead - i. e. of Gilead in the narrower sense, included in the territory of Sihon, and distinct from Bashan Deu 3:10.
Half the land of the children of Ammon - i. e. that half of the Ammonite territory which had been conquered by the Amorites. This, after the overthrow of Sihon, the Israelites took for their own. The land which the Ammonites still held in the days of Moses, the Israelites were not permitted to attack.
Rabbah was a border fortress, the principal stronghold of the Ammonites Num 21:24, and the residence of their king. It was attacked and taken by Joab 2 Sam. 11; 12; Ch1 20:1, but appears in later times again as an Ammonitish city Jer 49:3; Eze 25:5; Amo 1:13-15. In the third century B. C. it received from Ptolemy Philadelplus the name of Philadelphia, and was in later times the seat of a Christian bishop; but has now for many centuries been in ruins, remarkable for their grandeur and extent.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:25: their coast: Num 32:35
Jazer: A city near a brook of the same name, now called Wady Szyr; and probably the present Szyr occupies its site.
half: Num 21:26-30; Deu 2:19; Jdg 11:13-27
Rabbah: Deu 3:11; Sa2 11:1, Sa2 12:26; Eze 21:20; Amo 1:14
John Gill
13:25 And their coast was Jazer,.... Their southern coast; of Jazer, see Num 21:32; where it is called Jaazer, and is mentioned in Is 16:8; and in Jer 48:32, where it is spoken of as a city of Moab, as it was in the days of those prophets:
and all the cities of Gilead; which lay in those parts, for the whole was not given to this tribe, half of Gilead was given to the half tribe of Manasseh, Josh 13:31,
and half the land of the children of Ammon; not what then belonged to them, but what had been taken from them by the Amorites; and which Israel taking from them, had a right to retain, though they were forbid meddling with any of their land in present possession; see Deut 2:19 Judg 11:13,
unto Aroer that is before Rabbath; Aroer was a city of Moab, situated on the river Arnon, Josh 13:9; and stood over against Rabbath, a city of the Amorites, since called Philadelphia, the same that Joab took, 2Kings 12:26; though Reland thinks (n), that according to the situation of these cities another Aroer must be here meant, and which belonged to the Amorites.
(n) Palestin. Illustrat. tom. 2. p. 583.
John Wesley
13:25 The cities of Gilead - That is, all the cities of eminency; all the cities properly so called, which lay in that part of Gilead; and so this may well agree with Josh 13:31, where half the country of Gilead is said to be given to the Manassites; but there is no mention of any cities there. The land of the children of Ammon - Not of that which was now theirs, for that they were forbidden to meddle with, but of that which was anciently theirs, 'till taken from them by the Amorites, from whom the Israelites took it. Aroer - The border between them and Moab. Rabbah - The chief city of the Ammonites.
13:2613:26: եւ յԵսեբոնայ մինչեւ ցՀռամովթ՝ առ Մասփայիւ. եւ Բոտանիմ, եւ Մանայեմ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Դաբիրայ։
26. Եսեբոնից մինչեւ Մասփայի մօտի Հռամոթը, Բոտանիմը, Մանայիմը մինչեւ Դաբիրի սահմանները
26 Ու Եսեբոնէն մինչեւ Մասփայի Ռամովթը ու Բոտանիմ եւ Մանայիմէն մինչեւ Դաբիրի սահմանը
եւ յԵսեբոնայ մինչեւ ցՀռամովթ` առ Մասփայիւ, եւ Բոտանիմ եւ Մանայեմ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Դաբիրայ:

13:26: եւ յԵսեբոնայ մինչեւ ցՀռամովթ՝ առ Մասփայիւ. եւ Բոտանիմ, եւ Մանայեմ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Դաբիրայ։
26. Եսեբոնից մինչեւ Մասփայի մօտի Հռամոթը, Բոտանիմը, Մանայիմը մինչեւ Դաբիրի սահմանները
26 Ու Եսեբոնէն մինչեւ Մասփայի Ռամովթը ու Բոտանիմ եւ Մանայիմէն մինչեւ Դաբիրի սահմանը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2626: и [земли] от Есевона до Рамаф-Мицфы и Ветонима и от Маханаима до пределов Давира,
13:26 καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away Εσεβων εσεβων till; until Ραμωθ ραμωθ down; by τὴν ο the Μασσηφα μασσηφα and; even Βοτανιν βοτανιν and; even Μααναιν μααναιν till; until τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier Δαβιρ δαβιρ Dabir; Thavir
13:26 וּ û וְ and מֵ mē מִן from חֶשְׁבֹּ֛ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto רָמַ֥ת rāmˌaṯ רָמָה high place הַ ha הַ the מִּצְפֶּ֖ה mmiṣpˌeh מִצְפֶּה watch-tower וּ û וְ and בְטֹנִ֑ים vᵊṭōnˈîm בְּטֹנִים Betonim וּ û וְ and מִֽ mˈi מִן from מַּחֲנַ֖יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary לִדְבִֽר׃ liḏᵊvˈir לִדְבִר Debir
13:26. et ab Esebon usque Ramoth Masphe et Batanim et a Manaim usque ad terminos DabirAnd from Hesebon unto Ramoth, Masphe and Betonim: and from Manaim unto the borders of Dabir.
26. and from Heshbon unto Ramath-mizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir;
13:26. and from Heshbon as far as Ramath, Mizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim as far as the borders of Debir;
13:26. And from Heshbon unto Ramathmizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir;
And from Heshbon unto Ramath- mizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir:

26: и [земли] от Есевона до Рамаф-Мицфы и Ветонима и от Маханаима до пределов Давира,
13:26
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Εσεβων εσεβων till; until
Ραμωθ ραμωθ down; by
τὴν ο the
Μασσηφα μασσηφα and; even
Βοτανιν βοτανιν and; even
Μααναιν μααναιν till; until
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
Δαβιρ δαβιρ Dabir; Thavir
13:26
וּ û וְ and
מֵ מִן from
חֶשְׁבֹּ֛ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
רָמַ֥ת rāmˌaṯ רָמָה high place
הַ ha הַ the
מִּצְפֶּ֖ה mmiṣpˌeh מִצְפֶּה watch-tower
וּ û וְ and
בְטֹנִ֑ים vᵊṭōnˈîm בְּטֹנִים Betonim
וּ û וְ and
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
מַּחֲנַ֖יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
לִדְבִֽר׃ liḏᵊvˈir לִדְבִר Debir
13:26. et ab Esebon usque Ramoth Masphe et Batanim et a Manaim usque ad terminos Dabir
And from Hesebon unto Ramoth, Masphe and Betonim: and from Manaim unto the borders of Dabir.
13:26. and from Heshbon as far as Ramath, Mizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim as far as the borders of Debir;
13:26. And from Heshbon unto Ramathmizpeh, and Betonim; and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26: Здесь указывается протяжение владений Гадова колена с юга (от Есевона; см. 17: ст.) на север (до Рамаф-Мицфы). Этот город признается обыкновенно за один и тот же с названным в XX:8: и XXI:38: Рамофом в Галааде, который находился, по Евсевию (Ramwq), в 15: римских милях на запад от Филадельфии. Местом его считается большей частью нынешний город Ес-Сальт на горе Оше к югу от Иавока. Но это географическое определение не общепринятое: другие назначают ему другие места, вообще к северу от Ес-Сальт. Ветоним с вероятностью указывается в месте развалин, носящих название Батне к западу от Ес-Сальт. И от Маханаима до пределов Давира. Маханаим, получивший свое название от патриарха Иакова (Быт XXXII:3), находился на северной стороне потока Иавока (22); но самое место его с несомненностью не определено. Не лишено, однако, вероятности мнение, принимаемое некоторыми из современных библеистов [Tristram. Bible places, 340: и другие.], что он расположен был на месте нынешней деревни Махне, на половине пути между Иавоком и Иармуком. Значительная отдаленность Махне от Иавока согласуется с повествованием (Быт XXXII:13–22) о путешествии патриарха от Маханаима до Иавока в продолжение дня. Маханаим принадлежал Гадову колену (XXI:33). Местоположение Давира (по-еврейски Лидевир) неизвестно.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:26: Ramath-mizpeh - The same as Ramoth-gilead. It was one of the cities of refuge, Jos 20:8; Deu 4:47.
Mahanaim - Or the two camps. Situated on the northern side of the brook Jabbok, celebrated for the vision of the two camps of angels which Jacob had there; see Gen 32:2.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:26
The border of Debir - Rather perhaps "the border of Lidbir," which is regarded as identical with the Lo-debar of Sa2 9:4; Sa2 17:27, one of the towns from which provisions were brought to David at Mahanaim Gen 32:2.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:26: Ramathmizpeh: Jos 20:8; Gen 31:49; Jdg 10:17, Jdg 11:11, Jdg 11:29; Kg1 22:3
Mahanaim: Jos 21:38; Gen 32:1, Gen 32:2; Sa2 2:8, Sa2 17:27
Debir: Sa2 9:4, Sa2 9:5, Sa2 17:27, Lodebar
John Gill
13:26 And from Heshbon unto Ramathmizpeh, and Betonim,.... This was their coast from the south to the north, and so describes their eastern border, which reached from Heshbon, given to the tribe of Reuben, Josh 13:7; to these places mentioned; Ramathmizpeh, the same with Ramothgilead, which Jerom (o) says was a village in his time, and lay two miles from Philadelphia or Rabbath before mentioned, to the east; it should be to the west; of Betonim we nowhere else read, it seems to have been near to Ramath:
and from Mahanaim unto the border of Debir; the former of these was the place where the angels met Jacob, and who gave it the name from thence; and in later times a city of this name was built there, and was near the river Jabbok, Gen 32:2; Debir is different from that in the tribe of Judah, Josh 15:15; in the Septuagint version here it is called Daibon, perhaps the same with Dibon, the tribe of Gad rebuilt, and is called Dibongad, Num 32:34; unless Lidbar here should be the same with Lodebar in Gilead, 2Kings 17:27.
(o) De loc. Heb. fol. 99. A.
John Wesley
13:26 Ramath - mizpeh - Called Ramoth - Gilead, or Ramoth in Gilead. Mahanaim - Exclusively; for Mahanaim was in the portion of Manasseh, beyond Jabbok, which was the border of Gad and Manasseh.
13:2713:27: Եւ յե՛մակն եւ Բեթարամ, եւ Բեթնամրա, եւ Սովքով, եւ Սափոն. եւ զա՛յլ եւս թագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքայի Եսեբոնայ. Յորդանան սահման է. մինչ ցեզր ծովուն Քեներեթայ, յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից[2277]։ [2277] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚Ի վերայ յեմակն՝ նշանակի՝ ծործոր. զոր ոմանք ՚ի ներքս առեալ գրեն. Եւ ՚ի ծործորն յեմակն։ Ուր օրինակ մի ունի. Եւ ցԱմեկն Թիւթարիմ եւ Բեթարամ։
27. եւ Եմակում Բեթարամը, Բեթնամրան, Սոքովն ու Սափոնը եւ Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնի մնացած թագաւորութիւնը: Սահմանը Յորդանան գետն է մինչեւ Քեներեթի ծովեզերքը, Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, դէպի արեւելք:
27 Ու հովիտին մէջ՝ Բեթարամ ու Բեթնամրա, Սոկքովթ ու Սափոն՝ Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորին Թագաւորութեան մնացորդը, Յորդանան ու անոր սահմանը, մինչեւ Քեներեթի ծովուն եզերքը, Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք։
եւ յեմակն, Բեթարամ եւ Բեթնամրա եւ Սովքով եւ Սափոն. [230]եւ զայլ եւս թագաւորութիւնն`` Սեհոնի արքայի Եսեբոնայ, Յորդանան [231]սահման է``, մինչ ցեզր ծովուն Քեներեթայ, յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից:

13:27: Եւ յե՛մակն եւ Բեթարամ, եւ Բեթնամրա, եւ Սովքով, եւ Սափոն. եւ զա՛յլ եւս թագաւորութիւնն Սեհոնի արքայի Եսեբոնայ. Յորդանան սահման է. մինչ ցեզր ծովուն Քեներեթայ, յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից[2277]։
[2277] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚Ի վերայ յեմակն՝ նշանակի՝ ծործոր. զոր ոմանք ՚ի ներքս առեալ գրեն. Եւ ՚ի ծործորն յեմակն։ Ուր օրինակ մի ունի. Եւ ցԱմեկն Թիւթարիմ եւ Բեթարամ։
27. եւ Եմակում Բեթարամը, Բեթնամրան, Սոքովն ու Սափոնը եւ Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնի մնացած թագաւորութիւնը: Սահմանը Յորդանան գետն է մինչեւ Քեներեթի ծովեզերքը, Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, դէպի արեւելք:
27 Ու հովիտին մէջ՝ Բեթարամ ու Բեթնամրա, Սոկքովթ ու Սափոն՝ Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորին Թագաւորութեան մնացորդը, Յորդանան ու անոր սահմանը, մինչեւ Քեներեթի ծովուն եզերքը, Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2727: и на долине Беф-Гарам и Беф-Нимра и Сокхоф и Цафон, остаток царства Сигона, царя Есевонского; пределом его был Иордан до моря Хиннерефского за Иорданом к востоку.
13:27 καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in Εμεκ εμεκ and; even Βαιθαναβρα βαιθαναβρα and; even Σοκχωθα σοκχωθα and; even Σαφαν σαφαν and; even τὴν ο the λοιπὴν λοιπον finally; remainder βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων and; even ὁ ο the Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out ἕως εως till; until μέρους μερος part; in particular τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea Χενερεθ χενερεθ on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἀπ᾿ απο from; away ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
13:27 וּ û וְ and בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֡מֶק ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ bˈêṯ horom בֵּית הָרָם Beth Haram וּ û וְ and בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה vˌêṯ nimrˈā בֵּית נִמְרָה Beth Nimrah וְ wᵊ וְ and סֻכֹּ֣ות sukkˈôṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth וְ wᵊ וְ and צָפֹ֗ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון Zaphon יֶ֚תֶר ˈyeṯer יֶתֶר remainder מַמְלְכ֗וּת mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king חֶשְׁבֹּ֔ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וּ û וְ and גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto קְצֵה֙ qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end יָם־ yom- יָם sea כִּנֶּ֔רֶת kinnˈereṯ כִּנֶּרֶת Kinnereth עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרָֽחָה׃ mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
13:27. in valle quoque Betharaam et Bethnemra et Soccoth et Saphon reliquam partem regni Seon regis Esebon huius quoque Iordanis finis est usque ad extremam partem maris Chenereth trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagamAnd in the valley Betharan and Bethnemra, and Socoth, and Saphon the other part of the kingdom of Sehon king of Hesebon: the limit of this also is the Jordan, as far as the uttermost part of the sea of Cenereth beyond the Jordan on the east side,
27. and in the valley, Beth-haram, and Beth-nimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and the border , unto the uttermost part of the sea of Chinnereth beyond Jordan eastward.
13:27. also, in the valley Beth-haram and Beth-nimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the remaining part of the kingdom of Sihon, the king of Heshbon; the limit of this also is the Jordan, as far as the furthest part of the sea of Chinnereth, beyond the Jordan on the eastern side.
13:27. And in the valley, Betharam, and Bethnimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and [his] border, [even] unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth on the other side Jordan eastward.
And in the valley, Beth- aram, and Beth- nimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and [his] border, [even] unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth on the other side Jordan eastward:

27: и на долине Беф-Гарам и Беф-Нимра и Сокхоф и Цафон, остаток царства Сигона, царя Есевонского; пределом его был Иордан до моря Хиннерефского за Иорданом к востоку.
13:27
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
Εμεκ εμεκ and; even
Βαιθαναβρα βαιθαναβρα and; even
Σοκχωθα σοκχωθα and; even
Σαφαν σαφαν and; even
τὴν ο the
λοιπὴν λοιπον finally; remainder
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
ο the
Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out
ἕως εως till; until
μέρους μερος part; in particular
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
Χενερεθ χενερεθ on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
13:27
וּ û וְ and
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֡מֶק ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley
בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ bˈêṯ horom בֵּית הָרָם Beth Haram
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה vˌêṯ nimrˈā בֵּית נִמְרָה Beth Nimrah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
סֻכֹּ֣ות sukkˈôṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צָפֹ֗ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון Zaphon
יֶ֚תֶר ˈyeṯer יֶתֶר remainder
מַמְלְכ֗וּת mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom
סִיחֹון֙ sîḥôn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
חֶשְׁבֹּ֔ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וּ û וְ and
גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
קְצֵה֙ qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
יָם־ yom- יָם sea
כִּנֶּ֔רֶת kinnˈereṯ כִּנֶּרֶת Kinnereth
עֵ֥בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
13:27. in valle quoque Betharaam et Bethnemra et Soccoth et Saphon reliquam partem regni Seon regis Esebon huius quoque Iordanis finis est usque ad extremam partem maris Chenereth trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam
And in the valley Betharan and Bethnemra, and Socoth, and Saphon the other part of the kingdom of Sehon king of Hesebon: the limit of this also is the Jordan, as far as the uttermost part of the sea of Cenereth beyond the Jordan on the east side,
13:27. also, in the valley Beth-haram and Beth-nimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the remaining part of the kingdom of Sihon, the king of Heshbon; the limit of this also is the Jordan, as far as the furthest part of the sea of Chinnereth, beyond the Jordan on the eastern side.
13:27. And in the valley, Betharam, and Bethnimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and [his] border, [even] unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth on the other side Jordan eastward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27: Западной границей удела Гадова колена служила долина Иорданская, в которой находились названные здесь 4: города. Веф-Горам, по слав. Библии Вифарам, названный Иродом Антипой Юлией в честь жены Августа, находился против Иерихона. Холм с его развалинами носит название г. Телль или Бейг-Гаран. Веф-Нимра находился, по Евсевию (Bhqnabran), в 5: римских милях от Ливии, на север. Развалины его носят название Нимрин. Положение Сокхоба на восточной стороне Иордана и Цафона не установлено. Данные Гадову колену города названы остатком царства Сигона, так как значительная часть последнего дана уже была Рувимову колену. О море Хиннерефском см. XI:2.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:27: Beth-aram - This city was rebuilt by Herod, and called Livias, in honor of Livia, the wife of Augustus. Josephus calls it Julias, Julia being the name which the Greeks commonly give to Livia. - Calmet.
Succoth - A place between Jabbok and Jordan where Jacob pitched his tents, from which circumstance it obtained its name, see Gen 33:17.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:27: Betharam: A city near mount Peor, and not far from the entrance of the Jordan into the Dead Sea; rebuilt and called Livias by Herod, in honour of Livia, wife of Augustus. Num 32:36
Bethnimrah: Num 32:3, Num 32:36
Succoth: Gen 33:17; Jdg 8:5, Jdg 8:6, Jdg 8:14-16; Kg1 7:46
Chinnereth: Jos 11:2, Jos 12:3, Chinneroth, Num 34:11; Deu 3:17; Luk 5:1, Gennesaret
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:27
On the north, the territory of Gad seems to have extended to the Jabbok, and only to have stretched beyond the Jabbok at Mahanaim, which formed the boundary of half-Manasseh, according to Josh 13:30. In the valley of the Jordan, on the other hand, the boundary reached to the Sea of Galilee. "The valley" is the valley of the Jordan, or the Arabah from Wady Hesbn above the Dead Sea up to the Sea of Galilee, along the east side of the Jordan, which belonged to the kingdom of Sihon (Josh 12:3; Deut 3:17). The northern boundary of the tribe of Reuben must have touched the Jordan in the neighbourhood of the Wady Hesbn. In the Jordan valley were Beth-haram, the future Libias, and present er Rameh (see at Num 32:36); Beth-nimra, according to the Onom. five Roman miles to the north, the present ruin of Nimrein (see at Num 32:36); Succoth, according to the Onom. trans Jordanem in parte Scythopoleos (see at Gen 33:17); Zaphon (i.e., north), probably not far from the southern extremity of the Sea of Galilee. "The rest of the kingdom of Sihon," the other part having been given to the Reubenites (Josh 13:21).
Geneva 1599
13:27 And in the valley, Betharam, and Bethnimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, Jordan and [his] border, [even] unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth on the (g) other side Jordan eastward.
(g) That is, in the land of Moab.
John Gill
13:27 And in the valley, Betharam,.... The same with Bethharan; see Gill on Num 32:36,
and Bethnimrah; sometimes called Nimrah, Num 32:3; near to which were some waters, called the waters of Nimrim, Is 15:6; It was in Jerom's (p) time a large village; it seems to have its name from leopards, which perhaps had their haunts hereabout:
and Succoth: the place where Jacob pitched his tent after he had passed over Jabbok; it is called in the Jerusalem Talmud (q) Thaarabah:
and Zaphon; which in the same Talmud is Amatho or Amathus, which Jerom says (r) is a village beyond Jordan, twenty one miles from Pella to the south, though he places it in the tribe of Reuben:
the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon; which was not given to the tribe of Reuben, Josh 13:21,
Jordan and his border; that is, the cities which were near it, as Kimchi; or that were upon the bank of it, as Jarchi:
even unto the edge of the sea of Chinnereth; the same with the lake of Gennesaret, Lk 5:1,
on the other side Jordan eastward; the other from that in which the inheritance of Gad lay, which was beyond Jordan, from the land of Canaan.
(p) De loc. Heb. fol. 93. I. (q) T. Hieros. Sheviith, fol. 38. 4. (r) De loc. Heb. fol. 88. E.
John Wesley
13:27 The rest of the kingdom - The northern part of his kingdom.
13:2813:28: Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց. ըստ քաղաքաց նոցա՝ եւ ագարակք նոցին։
28. Այս է Գադի որդիների ժառանգութիւնը ըստ իրենց տոհմերի, նրանց քաղաքները եւ ագարակները:
28 Գադին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է, այս քաղաքներն ու ասոնց գիւղերը։
Այս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց, [232]ըստ քաղաքաց նոցա` եւ ագարակք նոցին:

13:28: Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Գադայ ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց. ըստ քաղաքաց նոցա՝ եւ ագարակք նոցին։
28. Այս է Գադի որդիների ժառանգութիւնը ըստ իրենց տոհմերի, նրանց քաղաքները եւ ագարակները:
28 Գադին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է, այս քաղաքներն ու ասոնց գիւղերը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2828: Вот удел сынов Гадовых по племенам их, города и села их.
13:28 αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance υἱῶν υιος son Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:28 זֹ֛את zˈōṯ זֹאת this נַחֲלַ֥ת naḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town וְ wᵊ וְ and חַצְרֵיהֶֽם׃ ḥaṣrêhˈem חָצֵר court
13:28. haec est possessio filiorum Gad per familias suas civitates et villae earumThis is the possession of the children of Gad by their families, their cities, and villages.
28. This is the inheritance of the children of Gad according to their families, the cities and the villages thereof.
13:28. This is the possession of the sons of Gad, by their families, in their cities and villages.
13:28. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Gad after their families, the cities, and their villages.
This [is] the inheritance of the children of Gad after their families, the cities, and their villages:

28: Вот удел сынов Гадовых по племенам их, города и села их.
13:28
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
υἱῶν υιος son
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
ἐπαύλεις επαυλις lodge
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:28
זֹ֛את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
נַחֲלַ֥ת naḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
גָ֖ד ḡˌāḏ גָּד Gad
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַצְרֵיהֶֽם׃ ḥaṣrêhˈem חָצֵר court
13:28. haec est possessio filiorum Gad per familias suas civitates et villae earum
This is the possession of the children of Gad by their families, their cities, and villages.
13:28. This is the possession of the sons of Gad, by their families, in their cities and villages.
13:28. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Gad after their families, the cities, and their villages.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
13:28 This is the inheritance of the children of Gad, after their families,.... As described in Josh 13:27,
the cities and their villages; the cities given them, some of which are mentioned by name, and the villages adjacent and belonging to them were included in them.
13:2913:29: Եւ ետ Մովսէս կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. եւ եղեւ կիսոյ ցեղի որդւոցն Մանասէի, ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։
29. Մովսէսը բաժին տուեց նաեւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղին, որը եղաւ Մանասէի որդիների կէս ցեղի կալուածքը ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
29 Եւ Մովսէս Մանասէին կէս ցեղին ալ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ, որ Մանասէին որդիներուն կէս ցեղին եղաւ իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ։
Եւ ետ Մովսէս կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. եւ եղեւ կիսոյ ցեղի որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց:

13:29: Եւ ետ Մովսէս կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. եւ եղեւ կիսոյ ցեղի որդւոցն Մանասէի, ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։
29. Մովսէսը բաժին տուեց նաեւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղին, որը եղաւ Մանասէի որդիների կէս ցեղի կալուածքը ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
29 Եւ Մովսէս Մանասէին կէս ցեղին ալ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ, որ Մանասէին որդիներուն կէս ցեղին եղաւ իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2929: Моисей дал [удел] и половине колена Манассиина, который [принадлежал] половине колена сынов Манассииных, по племенам их;
13:29 καὶ και and; even ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τῷ ο the ἡμίσει ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:29 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לַ la לְ to חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be לַ la לְ to חֲצִ֛י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה mᵊnaššˌeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹותָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥôṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:29. dedit et dimidiae tribui Manasse filiisque eius iuxta cognationes suas possessionemHe gave also to the half tribe of Manasses and his children possession according to their kindreds,
29. And Moses gave unto the half tribe of Manasseh: and it was for the half tribe of the children of Manasseh according to their families.
13:29. He also gave, to the one half tribe of Manasseh and to his sons, a possession according to their families,
13:29. And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the half tribe of Manasseh: and [this] was [the possession] of the half tribe of the children of Manasseh by their families.
And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the half tribe of Manasseh: and [this] was [the possession] of the half tribe of the children of Manasseh by their families:

29: Моисей дал [удел] и половине колена Манассиина, который [принадлежал] половине колена сынов Манассииных, по племенам их;
13:29
καὶ και and; even
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τῷ ο the
ἡμίσει ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:29
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּ֣ן yyittˈēn נתן give
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לַ la לְ to
חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half
שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be
לַ la לְ to
חֲצִ֛י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half
מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה mᵊnaššˌeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹותָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥôṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:29. dedit et dimidiae tribui Manasse filiisque eius iuxta cognationes suas possessionem
He gave also to the half tribe of Manasses and his children possession according to their kindreds,
13:29. He also gave, to the one half tribe of Manasseh and to his sons, a possession according to their families,
13:29. And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the half tribe of Manasseh: and [this] was [the possession] of the half tribe of the children of Manasseh by their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29: Слова который принадлежал половине колена сынов Манассииных, повторяющих тоже, что сказано в начальных словах этого стиха, читаются в еврейск. тексте, но не находятся в переводе 70-ти по древнейшим его спискам, как и в слав. Библии.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:29: The half tribe of Manasseh - When the tribes of Reuben and Gad requested to have their settlement on the east side of Jordan, it does not appear that any part of the tribe of Manasseh requested to be settled in the same place. But as this tribe was numerous, and had much cattle, Moses thought proper to appoint one half of it to remain on the east of Jordan, and the other to go over and settle on the west side of that river.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:29-33
On the conquest of Bashan, see especially Num 32:33, etc. and notes.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:29
The territory of the half tribe of Manasseh extended from Mahanaim onwards, and embraced all Bashan, with the sixty Jair towns and the (northern) half of Gilead (see the comm. on Deut 3:13-15).
John Gill
13:29 And Moses gave inheritance unto the half tribe of Manasseh,.... Whether at their request or of himself, there being land enough for them, and the two tribes of Gad and Reuben, is not certain:
and this is the possession of the half tribe of Manasseh, by their families; which is after related and described.
John Wesley
13:29 Of Manasseh - Not that thou desired it, as Reuben and Gad did, Num 32:1, but partly as a recompence to Machir the Manassite, for his valiant acts against Og; and partly for the better defence of the other two tribes, by so considerable an accession to them, which also was without any inconvenience to them, because the country was too large for the two tribes of Reuben and Gad.
13:3013:30: Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ՚ի Մանայեմայ, եւ ամենայն Բասան. եւ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու, եւ ամենայն աւանք Յայիրայ, որ են ՚ի Բասանաստանի. վաթսուն քաղաք[2278]. [2278] Ոմանք. Սահմանք նոցա ՚ի Մայենիմայ։
30. Նրանց սահմանները եղան. Մանայէմից սկսած ամբողջ Բասանը, Բասանի արքայ Օգի ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնը, Յայիրի բոլոր աւանները, որոնք Բասանաստանում են, ընդամէնը վաթսուն քաղաք:
30 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Մանայիմէն՝ Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, բոլոր Բասանն ու Բասանի մէջ եղող Յայիրի բոլոր գիւղաքաղաքները՝ վաթսուն քաղաք
Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ի Մանայեմայ, ամենայն Բասան, եւ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու, եւ ամենայն աւանք Յայիրայ, որ են ի Բասանաստանի, վաթսուն քաղաք:

13:30: Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ՚ի Մանայեմայ, եւ ամենայն Բասան. եւ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ արքայի Բասանու, եւ ամենայն աւանք Յայիրայ, որ են ՚ի Բասանաստանի. վաթսուն քաղաք[2278].
[2278] Ոմանք. Սահմանք նոցա ՚ի Մայենիմայ։
30. Նրանց սահմանները եղան. Մանայէմից սկսած ամբողջ Բասանը, Բասանի արքայ Օգի ամբողջ թագաւորութիւնը, Յայիրի բոլոր աւանները, որոնք Բասանաստանում են, ընդամէնը վաթսուն քաղաք:
30 Ու անոնց սահմանը ասիկա եղաւ՝ Մանայիմէն՝ Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին բոլոր թագաւորութիւնը, բոլոր Բասանն ու Բասանի մէջ եղող Յայիրի բոլոր գիւղաքաղաքները՝ վաթսուն քաղաք
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3030: предел их был: от Маханаима весь Васан, все царство Ога, царя Васанского, и все селения Иаировы, что в Васане, шестьдесят городов;
13:30 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away Μααναιμ μααναιμ and; even πᾶσα πας all; every βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom Βασανι βασανι and; even πᾶσα πας all; every βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ monarch; king Βασαν βασαν and; even πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the κώμας κωμη village Ιαϊρ ιαιρ who; what εἰσιν ειμι be ἐν εν in τῇ ο the Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις sixty πόλεις πολις city
13:30 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be גְבוּלָ֗ם ḡᵊvûlˈām גְּבוּל boundary מִ mi מִן from מַּחֲנַ֨יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim כָּֽל־ kˈol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֜ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan כָּֽל־ kˈol- כֹּל whole מַמְלְכ֣וּת׀ mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom עֹ֣וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole חַוֹּ֥ת ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp יָאִ֛יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six עִֽיר׃ ʕˈîr עִיר town
13:30. cuius hoc principium est a Manaim universam Basan et cuncta regna Og regis Basan omnesque vicos Air qui sunt in Basan sexaginta oppidaThe beginning whereof is this: from Manaim all Basan, and all the kingdoms of Og king of Basan, and all the villages of Jair, which are in Basan, threescore towns.
30. And their border was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, and all the towns of Jair, which are in Bashan, threescore cities:
13:30. the beginning of which is this: from Mahanaim, all of Bashan, and all the kingdoms of Og, the king of Bashan, and all the villages of Jair, which are in Bashan, sixty towns;
13:30. And their coast was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, and all the towns of Jair, which [are] in Bashan, threescore cities:
And their coast was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, and all the towns of Jair, which [are] in Bashan, threescore cities:

30: предел их был: от Маханаима весь Васан, все царство Ога, царя Васанского, и все селения Иаировы, что в Васане, шестьдесят городов;
13:30
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Μααναιμ μααναιμ and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Βασανι βασανι and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
Βασαν βασαν and; even
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
κώμας κωμη village
Ιαϊρ ιαιρ who; what
εἰσιν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις sixty
πόλεις πολις city
13:30
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be
גְבוּלָ֗ם ḡᵊvûlˈām גְּבוּל boundary
מִ mi מִן from
מַּחֲנַ֨יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
כָּֽל־ kˈol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֜ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
כָּֽל־ kˈol- כֹּל whole
מַמְלְכ֣וּת׀ mamlᵊḵˈûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom
עֹ֣וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
חַוֹּ֥ת ḥawwˌōṯ חַוָּה tent camp
יָאִ֛יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six
עִֽיר׃ ʕˈîr עִיר town
13:30. cuius hoc principium est a Manaim universam Basan et cuncta regna Og regis Basan omnesque vicos Air qui sunt in Basan sexaginta oppida
The beginning whereof is this: from Manaim all Basan, and all the kingdoms of Og king of Basan, and all the villages of Jair, which are in Basan, threescore towns.
13:30. the beginning of which is this: from Mahanaim, all of Bashan, and all the kingdoms of Og, the king of Bashan, and all the villages of Jair, which are in Bashan, sixty towns;
13:30. And their coast was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, and all the towns of Jair, which [are] in Bashan, threescore cities:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
30: При описании удела полуколена Манассиина библейский писатель сначала указывает южный пограничный пункт — Маханаим и затем важнейшую северную часть его владений — Васан (XII:5), как называлось царство Ога до завоевания его израильтянами, после чего оно стало известно под названием селений Иаировых (Втор III:14).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:30: The towns of Jair - These were sixty cities; they are mentioned afterwards, and in Ch1 2:21, etc. They are the same with the Havoth-jair mentioned Num 32:41. Jair was son of Segub, grandson of Esron or Hezron, and great-grandson of Machir by his grandmother's side, who married Hezron of the tribe of Judah. See his genealogy, Ch1 2:21-24.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:30: Jos 13:26; Num 32:39-41; Deu 3:13-15; Ch1 2:21-23
John Gill
13:30 And their coast was from Mahanaim,.... A place in the tribe of Gad, Josh 13:26; which was the boundary of the half tribe that way:
all Bashan; so famous for its oxen, and for pasturage for them, and for its oaks, called by Josephus Batanea:
all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan; which, besides Bashan, took in the kingdom of Argob or Trachonitis, half the land of Gilead, all which was possessed by the half tribe of Manasseh: see Deut 3:13,
and all the towns of, Jair which are in Bashan, threescore cities; of Jair, and his relation to Manasseh, and of his taking these cities, and the number of them, see Num 33:41.
John Wesley
13:30 Of Jair - Who, though of the tribe of Judah, by the father, 1Chron 2:21-22, yet is called the son of Manasseh, Num 32:41, because he married a daughter of Manasseh, and wholly associated himself with those valiant Manassites; and with their help took sixty cities or great towns, Deut 3:4, Deut 3:14, which thence were called the towns of Jair.
13:3113:31: եւ կէս Գաղաադու, եւ յԱստարովթ, եւ յԵդրային, քաղաքք թագաւորութեանն Ովգայ ՚ի Բասանաստանի։ Եւ տուան որդւոցն Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի, եւ կիսոյ որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց[2279]։ [2279] Ոմանք. Եւ կիսոյ ցեղին որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմիցն Իսրայէլի։
31. Իսկ Գաղաադի կէսը, Աստարոթը, Եդրայինը, Բասանաստանում Օգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքները տրուեցին Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրի որդիներին եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղի որդիներին՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
31 Ու Գաղաադին կէսը եւ Աստարովթ ու Եդրայի, Բասանի մէջ Ովգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքները, Մանասեան Մաքիրին որդիներուն եղան, այսինքն Մաքիրին որդիներուն կէսին՝ իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ։
եւ կէս Գաղաադու, եւ Աստարովթ եւ Եդրային, քաղաքք թագաւորութեանն Ովգայ ի Բասանաստանի, տուան որդւոցն Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի, կիսոյ որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց:

13:31: եւ կէս Գաղաադու, եւ յԱստարովթ, եւ յԵդրային, քաղաքք թագաւորութեանն Ովգայ ՚ի Բասանաստանի։ Եւ տուան որդւոցն Մաքիրայ որդւոյ Մանասէի, եւ կիսոյ որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց[2279]։
[2279] Ոմանք. Եւ կիսոյ ցեղին որդւոցն Մանասէի ըստ տոհմիցն Իսրայէլի։
31. Իսկ Գաղաադի կէսը, Աստարոթը, Եդրայինը, Բասանաստանում Օգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքները տրուեցին Մանասէի որդի Մաքիրի որդիներին եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղի որդիներին՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
31 Ու Գաղաադին կէսը եւ Աստարովթ ու Եդրայի, Բասանի մէջ Ովգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքները, Մանասեան Մաքիրին որդիներուն եղան, այսինքն Մաքիրին որդիներուն կէսին՝ իրենց ազգատոհմերուն համեմատ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3131: а половина Галаада и Астароф и Едрея, царственные города Ога Васанского, [даны] сынам Махира, сына Манассиина, половине сынов Махировых, по племенам их.
13:31 καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἥμισυ ημισυς half τῆς ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even ἐν εν in Ασταρωθ ασταρωθ and; even ἐν εν in Εδραϊν εδραιν city βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ in Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις and; even ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Μαχιρ μαχιρ son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἡμίσεσιν ημισυς half υἱοῖς υιος son Μαχιρ μαχιρ son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:31 וַ wa וְ and חֲצִ֤י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and עַשְׁתָּרֹ֣ות ʕaštārˈôṯ עַשְׁתָּרֹות Ashtaroth וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶדְרֶ֔עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei עָרֵ֛י ʕārˈê עִיר town מַמְלְכ֥וּת mamlᵊḵˌûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֤י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son מָכִיר֙ māḵîr מָכִיר Makir בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh לַ la לְ to חֲצִ֥י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹותָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥôṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:31. et dimidiam partem Galaad Astharoth et Edrai urbes regni Og in Basan filiis Machir filii Manasse dimidiae parti filiorum Machir iuxta cognationes suasAnd half Galaad, and Astaroth, and Edrai, cities of the kingdom of Og in Basan: to the children of Machir, the son of Manasses, to one half of the children of Machir according to their kindreds.
31. and half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, the cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, were for the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, even for the half of the children of Machir according to their families.
13:31. and one half part of Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, the cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, to the sons of Machir, the son of Manasseh, to one half part of the sons of Machir, according to their families.
13:31. And half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, [were pertaining] unto the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, [even] to the one half of the children of Machir by their families.
And half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, [were pertaining] unto the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, [even] to the one half of the children of Machir by their families:

31: а половина Галаада и Астароф и Едрея, царственные города Ога Васанского, [даны] сынам Махира, сына Манассиина, половине сынов Махировых, по племенам их.
13:31
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἥμισυ ημισυς half
τῆς ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
ἐν εν in
Ασταρωθ ασταρωθ and; even
ἐν εν in
Εδραϊν εδραιν city
βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ in
Βασανίτιδι βασανιτις and; even
ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Μαχιρ μαχιρ son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἡμίσεσιν ημισυς half
υἱοῖς υιος son
Μαχιρ μαχιρ son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
13:31
וַ wa וְ and
חֲצִ֤י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַשְׁתָּרֹ֣ות ʕaštārˈôṯ עַשְׁתָּרֹות Ashtaroth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶדְרֶ֔עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei
עָרֵ֛י ʕārˈê עִיר town
מַמְלְכ֥וּת mamlᵊḵˌûṯ מַמְלָכוּת kingdom
עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֤י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
מָכִיר֙ māḵîr מָכִיר Makir
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
לַ la לְ to
חֲצִ֥י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹותָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥôṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
13:31. et dimidiam partem Galaad Astharoth et Edrai urbes regni Og in Basan filiis Machir filii Manasse dimidiae parti filiorum Machir iuxta cognationes suas
And half Galaad, and Astaroth, and Edrai, cities of the kingdom of Og in Basan: to the children of Machir, the son of Manasses, to one half of the children of Machir according to their kindreds.
13:31. and one half part of Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, the cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, to the sons of Machir, the son of Manasseh, to one half part of the sons of Machir, according to their families.
13:31. And half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, [were pertaining] unto the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, [even] to the one half of the children of Machir by their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
31: Здесь в частности указывается та половина Галаада, которая точнее обозначена находившимися в ней столичными городами Астарофом и Едреей, т. е. северная, которую получила старшее поколение Манасиина колена, называвшееся по имени своего родоначальника Махировым, в отличие от других поколений, ведших свой род также от него (Чис ХXVI:29–32), но носивших имена других ближайших родоначальников. Северная часть Галаада отдана была Махирову поколению, как принимавшему особенно деятельное участие в ее завоевании (Чис XXXII:39; Нав XVII:1).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:31: Ashtaroth: Jos 12:4
the children of Machir by: Num 32:39, Num 32:40
Geneva 1599
13:31 And half Gilead, and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, [were pertaining] unto the (h) children of Machir the son of Manasseh, [even] to the one half of the children of Machir by their families.
(h) Meaning, his nephews and posterity.
John Gill
13:31 And half Gilead,.... The other half not given to the Gadites, who had that half of it which Sihon possessed, and the tribe of Manasseh that half of it which Og possessed, see Deut 3:12,
and Ashtaroth, and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan; which are particularly mentioned, because royal cities, Josh 13:10; see Deut 1:4,
were pertaining unto the children of Machir the son of Manasseh; and who was his only son; however, to his posterity only was this inheritance given, though not to them all:
even to one half of the children of Machir, by their families; which seems to confirm it that Manasseh had no other son, since his whole posterity, both the half tribe on the other side, as well as that in the land of Canaan, were denominated from him; though he seems to have had another son, who perhaps died without issue, 1Chron 7:14.
John Wesley
13:31 Children of Machir - Whom before he called the children of Manasseh, he now calls the children of Machir, because Machir was the most eminent, and as it may seem, the only surviving son of Manasseh, Num 26:29; 1Chron 7:14-16.
13:3213:32: Սոքա՛ են զորս ժառանգեցոյց Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յՌաբովթ Մովաբ յա՛յնմ կողմանէ Յորդանանու հանդէպ Երիքոյի յարեւելից։
32. Սրանք են այն տեղերը, որ Մովսէսը ժառանգութիւն տուեց Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, Մովաբի Ռաբոթ բնակավայրում, Երիքովի դիմաց՝ արեւելքում:
32 Ասոնք են այն քաղաքները, որոնք Մովսէս Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ՝ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը՝ դէպի արեւելք՝ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ։
Սոքա են զորս ժառանգեցոյց Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու [233]յՌաբովթ Մովաբ`` յայնմ կողմանէ Յորդանանու հանդէպ Երիքոյի յարեւելից:

13:32: Սոքա՛ են զորս ժառանգեցոյց Մովսէս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յՌաբովթ Մովաբ յա՛յնմ կողմանէ Յորդանանու հանդէպ Երիքոյի յարեւելից։
32. Սրանք են այն տեղերը, որ Մովսէսը ժառանգութիւն տուեց Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, Մովաբի Ռաբոթ բնակավայրում, Երիքովի դիմաց՝ արեւելքում:
32 Ասոնք են այն քաղաքները, որոնք Մովսէս Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ՝ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը՝ դէպի արեւելք՝ ժառանգութիւն տուաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3232: Вот что Моисей дал в удел на равнинах Моавитских за Иорданом против Иерихона к востоку.
13:32 οὗτοι ουτος this; he οὓς ος who; what κατεκληρονόμησεν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐν εν in Αραβωθ αραβωθ in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατὰ κατα down; by Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho ἀπὸ απο from; away ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
13:32 אֵ֕לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִחַ֥ל niḥˌal נחל take possession מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַֽרְבֹ֣ות ʕˈarᵊvˈôṯ עֲרָבָה desert מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֛בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite לְ lᵊ לְ to יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan יְרִיחֹ֖ו yᵊrîḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho מִזְרָֽחָה׃ ס mizrˈāḥā . s מִזְרָח sunrise
13:32. hanc possessionem divisit Moses in campestribus Moab trans Iordanem contra Hiericho ad orientalem plagamThis possession Moses divided in the plains of Moab, beyond the Jordan, over against Jericho on the east side,
32. These are the inheritances which Moses distributed in the plains of Moab, beyond the Jordan at Jericho, eastward.
13:32. Moses divided this possession, in the plains of Moab, beyond the Jordan, opposite Jericho on the eastern side.
13:32. These [are the countries] which Moses did distribute for inheritance in the plains of Moab, on the other side Jordan, by Jericho, eastward.
These [are the countries] which Moses did distribute for inheritance in the plains of Moab, on the other side Jordan, by Jericho, eastward:

32: Вот что Моисей дал в удел на равнинах Моавитских за Иорданом против Иерихона к востоку.
13:32
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
οὓς ος who; what
κατεκληρονόμησεν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐν εν in
Αραβωθ αραβωθ in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατὰ κατα down; by
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
13:32
אֵ֕לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִחַ֥ל niḥˌal נחל take possession
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַֽרְבֹ֣ות ʕˈarᵊvˈôṯ עֲרָבָה desert
מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֛בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
יְרִיחֹ֖ו yᵊrîḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ ס mizrˈāḥā . s מִזְרָח sunrise
13:32. hanc possessionem divisit Moses in campestribus Moab trans Iordanem contra Hiericho ad orientalem plagam
This possession Moses divided in the plains of Moab, beyond the Jordan, over against Jericho on the east side,
13:32. Moses divided this possession, in the plains of Moab, beyond the Jordan, opposite Jericho on the eastern side.
13:32. These [are the countries] which Moses did distribute for inheritance in the plains of Moab, on the other side Jordan, by Jericho, eastward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:32: Which Moses did distribute - Moses had settled every thing relative to these tribes before his death, having appointed them to possess the territories of Og king of Bashan, and Sihon king of the Amorites. For particulars on this chapter, the reader, if he judge it of consequence, may consult Calmet.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
13:32
Josh 13:32 is the concluding formula. (For the fact itself, see Num 34:14-15.) Josh 13:33 is a repetition of Josh 13:14.
John Gill
13:32 These are the countries which Moses did distribute for inheritance in the plains of Moab,.... Which is particularly described, that each might know their proper portion:
on the other side Jordan by Jericho eastward; of the land of Canaan; of Jordan by Jericho; see Gill on Num 22:1.
13:3313:33: Եւ ցեղին Ղեւեայ ո՛չ ետ Մովսէս ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի ինքնի՛ն է ժառանգութիւն նոցա՝ որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ նոսա։
33. Ղեւիի ցեղին Մովսէսը ժառանգութիւն չտուեց, որովհետեւ Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն ինքն է նրանց ժառանգութիւնը, ինչպէս ասել էր նրանց:
33 Բայց Մովսէս Ղեւիի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն չտուաւ. անոնց ժառանգութիւնը Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն է, ինչպէս անոնց ըսաւ։
Եւ ցեղին Ղեւեայ ոչ ետ Մովսէս ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայելի ինքնին է ժառանգութիւն նոցա, որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ նոսա:

13:33: Եւ ցեղին Ղեւեայ ո՛չ ետ Մովսէս ժառանգութիւն. զի Տէր Աստուած Իսրայէլի ինքնի՛ն է ժառանգութիւն նոցա՝ որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ նոսա։
33. Ղեւիի ցեղին Մովսէսը ժառանգութիւն չտուեց, որովհետեւ Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն ինքն է նրանց ժառանգութիւնը, ինչպէս ասել էր նրանց:
33 Բայց Մովսէս Ղեւիի ցեղին ժառանգութիւն չտուաւ. անոնց ժառանգութիւնը Իսրայէլի Տէր Աստուածն է, ինչպէս անոնց ըսաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:3333: Но колену Левиину Моисей не дал удела: Господь Бог Израилев Сам есть удел их, как Он говорил им.
13:33 וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod הַ ha הַ the לֵּוִ֔י llēwˈî לֵוִי Levite לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses נַחֲלָ֑ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage יְהוָ֞ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֤י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s) יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he נַחֲלָתָ֔ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
13:33. tribui autem Levi non dedit possessionem quoniam Dominus Deus Israhel ipse est possessio eius ut locutus est illiBut to the tribe of Levi he gave no possession: because the Lord the God of Israel himself is their possession, as he spoke to them.
33. But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave none inheritance: the LORD, the God of Israel, is their inheritance, as he spake unto them.
13:33. But to the tribe of Levi he did not give a possession. For the Lord, the God of Israel, is himself their possession, just as he spoke to him.
13:33. But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not [any] inheritance: the LORD God of Israel [was] their inheritance, as he said unto them.
But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not [any] inheritance: the LORD God of Israel [was] their inheritance, as he said unto them:

33: Но колену Левиину Моисей не дал удела: Господь Бог Израилев Сам есть удел их, как Он говорил им.
13:33
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
הַ ha הַ the
לֵּוִ֔י llēwˈî לֵוִי Levite
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
נַחֲלָ֑ה naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage
יְהוָ֞ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֤י ʔᵉlōhˈê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he
נַחֲלָתָ֔ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak
לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
13:33. tribui autem Levi non dedit possessionem quoniam Dominus Deus Israhel ipse est possessio eius ut locutus est illi
But to the tribe of Levi he gave no possession: because the Lord the God of Israel himself is their possession, as he spoke to them.
13:33. But to the tribe of Levi he did not give a possession. For the Lord, the God of Israel, is himself their possession, just as he spoke to him.
13:33. But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not [any] inheritance: the LORD God of Israel [was] their inheritance, as he said unto them.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:33: At Jos 13:14, as well as here, notice is taken, that to the tribe of Levi, "Moses gave no inheritance," for so God had appointed. Num 18:20. If they had been appointed to a lot entire by themselves, Moses would have served them first, not because it was his own tribe, but because it was God's, but they must be provided for in another manner; their habitation must be scattered in all the tribes, and their maintenance brought out of all the tribes, and God himself was the portion both of their inheritance and of their cup.
Jos 18:7; Deu 10:9, Deu 18:1, Deu 18:2
John Gill
13:33 But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not any inheritance,.... Neither on the other side Jordan, nor did he order them any in Canaan; but expressly declared they were to have no part in the division of it, though they were his own tribe; which shows him to be a disinterested man, that he faithfully observed the orders and instructions the Lord gave him:
the Lord God of Israel was their inheritance, as he said unto them; what was given to the Lord out of the sacrifices, and the tithes, and firstfruits, that were theirs; see Num 18:20.